[go: up one dir, main page]

CN101253628B - Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making the same - Google Patents

Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN101253628B
CN101253628B CN2006800249395A CN200680024939A CN101253628B CN 101253628 B CN101253628 B CN 101253628B CN 2006800249395 A CN2006800249395 A CN 2006800249395A CN 200680024939 A CN200680024939 A CN 200680024939A CN 101253628 B CN101253628 B CN 101253628B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
nanotube
terminal
nanotube articles
conducting
switch device
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN2006800249395A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN101253628A (en
Inventor
F·郭
M·梅恩霍德
S·L·孔瑟科
T·鲁克斯
X·M·H·黄
R·斯瓦拉贾
M·斯特拉斯伯格
C·L·伯廷
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nantero Inc
Original Assignee
Nantero Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US11/280,786 external-priority patent/US7781862B2/en
Application filed by Nantero Inc filed Critical Nantero Inc
Publication of CN101253628A publication Critical patent/CN101253628A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN101253628B publication Critical patent/CN101253628B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Semiconductor Memories (AREA)
  • Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)

Abstract

A two-terminal switching device includes first and second conductive terminals and a nanotube article. The nanotube article has a plurality of nanotubes and is in permanent direct physical contact with both the first and second conductive terminals. The two-terminal switching device also includes a stimulation circuit in electrical communication with at least one of the first and second conductive terminals. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a first voltage difference between the first conductive terminal and the second conductive terminal, thereby causing the resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals to change from a relatively lower resistance to a relatively higher resistance. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a second voltage difference between the first conductive terminal and the second conductive terminal, thereby causing the resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals to change from a relatively higher resistance to a relatively lower resistance. The relatively higher resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals corresponds to a first state of the two-terminal switching device, and the relatively lower resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals corresponds to a second state of the two-terminal switching device. The first and second states of the two-terminal switching device are non-volatile.

Description

双端纳米管器件和系统及其制作方法 Double-ended nanotube devices and systems and fabrication methods thereof

相关申请的交叉引用 Cross References to Related Applications

本发明按照35 U.S.C.§119(e)要求以下申请的优先权,这些申请的内容通过引用整体结合于此: This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) to the following applications, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety:

2005年5月9日提交的题为“Reversible Nanoswitch(可逆纳米开关)”的美国临时专利申请No.60/679,029; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/679,029, entitled "Reversible Nanoswitch," filed May 9, 2005;

2005年6月22日提交的题为“Reversible Nanoswitch(可逆纳米开关)”的美国临时专利申请No.60/692,891; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/692,891, entitled "Reversible Nanoswitch," filed June 22, 2005;

2005年6月22日提交的题为“NRAM Nonsuspended Reversible NanoswitchNanotube Array(NRAM非悬置可逆纳米开关纳米管阵列)”的美国临时专利申请No.60/692,918;以及 U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/692,918, entitled "NRAM Nonsuspended Reversible Nanoswitch Nanotube Array," filed June 22, 2005; and

2005年6月22日提交的题为“Embedded CNT Switch Applications For Logic(嵌入CNT开关对逻辑的应用)”的美国临时专利申请No.60/692,765。 U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/692,765, entitled "Embedded CNT Switch Applications For Logic," filed June 22, 2005. the

本申请涉及以下申请,这些申请的内容通过引用整体结合于此: This application is related to the following applications, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety:

与本申请同日提交的题为“Memory Arrays Using Nanotube Articles WithReprogrammable Resistance(使用具有可重新编程的电阻的纳米管制品的存储器阵列)”的美国专利申请No.(待发表(TBA));以及 U.S. Patent Application No. (to be published (TBA)) entitled "Memory Arrays Using Nanotube Articles With Reprogrammable Resistance" filed on the same date as this application; and

与本申请同日提交的题为“Non-Volatile Shadow Latch Using A Nanotube Switch(使用纳米管开关的非易失性阴影锁存器)”的美国专利申请No.(待发表)。 U.S. Patent Application No. (to be published) entitled "Non-Volatile Shadow Latch Using A Nanotube Switch" filed on the same date as this application. the

背景 background

技术领域technical field

本发明一般涉及开关装置领域,尤其涉及可用于制作非易失性和其它存储器电路的双端纳米管装置。 The present invention relates generally to the field of switching devices, and more particularly to two-terminal nanotube devices useful in fabricating nonvolatile and other memory circuits. the

相关领域描述 Description of related fields

数字逻辑电路可用于个人计算机、诸如个人管理器和计算器的便携式电子设备、电子娱乐设备,以及用于家用电器、电话交换系统、汽车、飞机和其它制造商品的控制电路。早期数字逻辑由离散开关元件构建,该开关元件由单独双极晶体管 构成。通过双极集成电路的发明,大量单独开关元件可组合在单个硅衬底上以创建完整的数字逻辑电路,诸如变换器、NAND门、NOR门、触发器、加法器等。然而,双极数字集成电路的密度受其高功耗以及封装技术消散电路工作时产生的热量的能力限制。使用场效应晶体管(“FET”)开关元件的金属氧化物半导体(“MOS”)集成电路大大降低了数字逻辑的功耗,能构成在当前技术中使用的高密度的复杂数字电路。MOS数字电路的密度和操作速度仍然受需要消散该器件工作时产生的热量的限制。 Digital logic circuits are used in personal computers, portable electronic devices such as personal organizers and calculators, electronic entertainment equipment, and in control circuits for home appliances, telephone switching systems, automobiles, airplanes, and other manufactured goods. Early digital logic was built with discrete switching elements consisting of individual bipolar transistors. Through the invention of bipolar integrated circuits, a large number of individual switching elements can be combined on a single silicon substrate to create complete digital logic circuits such as inverters, NAND gates, NOR gates, flip-flops, adders, etc. However, the density of bipolar digital ICs is limited by their high power dissipation and the packaging technology's ability to dissipate the heat generated by the circuit's operation. Metal-oxide-semiconductor ("MOS") integrated circuits using field effect transistor ("FET") switching elements greatly reduce the power consumption of digital logic, enabling the formation of high-density complex digital circuits used in current technology. The density and speed of operation of MOS digital circuits are still limited by the need to dissipate the heat generated by the operation of the device. the

由双极或MOS器件构建的数字逻辑集成电路在高热量或极限环境的条件下不能正确发挥功能。当前的数字集成电路通常被设计成在小于100摄氏度的温度下工作,很少有在超过200摄氏度的温度下工作的电路。在常规集成电路中,在“关”状态中的单独开关元件的泄漏电流随温度快速增加。随着泄漏电流增加,器件的工作温度上升,由电路消耗的功率增大,并且区别关状态与开状态的难度减小了电路的可靠性。常规数字逻辑电路还在极限环境中发生内部短路,因为它们可在半导体材料内部产生电流。有可能通过特殊器件和绝缘技术来制造集成电路,使得它们在曝露在极限环境中时保持可操作,但是这些器件的高成本限制了它们的可用性和实用性。此外,这种数字电路相对于它们的常规对应物呈现计时差异,从而需要附加的设计验证来向现有设计添加保护。 Digital logic integrated circuits built from bipolar or MOS devices cannot function properly under conditions of high heat or extreme environments. Current digital integrated circuits are typically designed to operate at temperatures less than 100 degrees Celsius, and very few circuits operate at temperatures exceeding 200 degrees Celsius. In conventional integrated circuits, the leakage current of individual switching elements in the "off" state increases rapidly with temperature. As the leakage current increases, the operating temperature of the device rises, the power dissipated by the circuit increases, and the difficulty of distinguishing the off state from the on state reduces the reliability of the circuit. Conventional digital logic circuits are also subject to internal short circuits in extreme environments because they can generate currents inside the semiconductor material. It is possible to fabricate integrated circuits with special devices and insulation techniques that allow them to remain operational when exposed to extreme environments, but the high cost of these devices limits their availability and practicality. Furthermore, such digital circuits exhibit timing differences relative to their conventional counterparts, requiring additional design verification to add protection to existing designs. the

无论是双极还是FET开关元件构建的集成电路都是易失性的。它们仅在向该器件施加功率时保持其内部逻辑状态。当将功率移走时,内部状态丢失,除非将诸如EEPROM(电可擦可编程只读存储器)的某些类型的非易失性存储器电路内部或外部添加到该器件以保持该逻辑状态。即使使用非易失性存储器来保持逻辑状态,需要附加电路来在失去功率之前将逻辑状态传递到存储器,并当该器件的功率恢复时恢复个别逻辑电路的状态。诸如备用电池的防止易失性数字电路中信息丢失的替换解决方案也向数字设计增加成本和复杂性。 Integrated circuits built with either bipolar or FET switching elements are volatile. They only maintain their internal logic state while power is applied to the device. When power is removed, the internal state is lost unless some type of non-volatile memory circuitry such as EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) is added internally or externally to the device to maintain the logic state. Even with non-volatile memory to retain logic states, additional circuitry is required to transfer the logic states to the memory before power is lost, and to restore the state of individual logic circuits when power to the device is restored. Alternative solutions to prevent loss of information in volatile digital circuits, such as battery backup, also add cost and complexity to digital designs. the

电子设备中逻辑电路的重要特征是低成本、高密度、低功率和高速度。常规逻辑解决方案受限于硅衬底,但是在其它衬底上构建的逻辑电路可能允许逻辑器件在单个步骤中直接集成到许多制造产品中,从而进一步降低成本。 Important characteristics of logic circuits in electronic equipment are low cost, high density, low power, and high speed. Conventional logic solutions are limited to silicon substrates, but logic circuits built on other substrates may allow direct integration of logic devices into many manufactured products in a single step, further reducing costs. the

已经提出了使用诸如单壁碳纳米管的纳米尺度线来形成交叉结以充当存储器单元的器件。(参照WO 01/03208,“Nanoscopic Wire-Based Devices,Arrays,andMethods of Their Manufacture(基于纳米尺度线的器件、阵列及其制造方法)”;以及Thomas Rueckes等人的“Carbon Nanotube-Based Nonvolatile Random Access Memory for Molecular Computing(用于分子计算的基于碳纳米管的非易失性随机存取存储器)”,Science(科学),289卷,94-97页,2000年7月7日。)下文中这些器件称为纳米管线交叉存储器(NTWCM)。在这些提议中,悬置在其它线上的单独单壁纳米管线定义了存储器单元。向一条线或两条线中写入电信号,使它们彼此物理吸引或排斥。每个物理状态(即吸引或排斥线)对应于一电状态。排斥线是开路结。吸引线是形成整流结的闭合状态。当将电功率从该结移走时,这些线保持它们的物理状态(以及因此的电学状态),从而形成非易失性存储器单元。 Devices have been proposed that use nanoscale wires such as single-walled carbon nanotubes to form cross junctions to function as memory cells. (Refer to WO 01/03208, "Nanoscopic Wire-Based Devices, Arrays, and Methods of Their Manufacture (device, array and its manufacturing method based on nanoscale wires)"; and "Carbon Nanotube-Based Nonvolatile Random Access by Thomas Rueckes et al. Memory for Molecular Computing (non-volatile random access memory based on carbon nanotubes for molecular computing), Science (science), volume 289, pages 94-97, July 7, 2000.) Hereinafter these The device is called a nanotube wire interleaved memory (NTWCM). In these proposals, individual single-walled nanotube wires suspended over other wires define the memory cell. Writing electrical signals into one or two wires causes them to physically attract or repel each other. Each physical state (ie, a line of attraction or repulsion) corresponds to an electrical state. The repulsive line is an open junction. The attracting line is the closed state that forms the rectifying junction. When electrical power is removed from the junction, the wires retain their physical state (and therefore electrical state), forming a non-volatile memory cell. the

题为“Electromechanical Memory Array Using Nanotube Ribbons and Method forMaking Same(使用纳米管带的机电存储器阵列及其制作方法)”的美国专利No.6,919,592公开了诸如存储器单元的机电电路,其中电路包括具有导电迹线的结构和从衬底表面延伸的支承。可机电变形的纳米管带或开关由跨越导电迹线的支承悬置。每个带包括一个或多个纳米管。这些带通常从一层纳米管或纳米管的缠结结构选择性移除材料而形成。 U.S. Patent No. 6,919,592 entitled "Electromechanical Memory Array Using Nanotube Ribbons and Method for Making Same" discloses an electromechanical circuit such as a memory cell, wherein the circuit includes a circuit having conductive traces structure and supports extending from the substrate surface. An electromechanically deformable nanotube ribbon or switch is suspended by supports spanning the conductive traces. Each ribbon includes one or more nanotubes. These ribbons are typically formed by the selective removal of material from a layer of nanotubes or entangled structures of nanotubes. the

例如,如美国专利No.6,919,592中所公开的,纳米结构物(nanofabric)可被图形化成带,且这些带可用作部件来创建非易失性机电存储器单元。带可响应于控制迹线和/或带的电刺激而机电地偏转。带的偏转物理状态可表示相应的信息状态。偏转的物理状态具有非易失性特征,意味着该带保持在其物理状态(以及因此的信息状态),即使从存储器单元移除功率。如题为“Electromechanical Three-TraceJunction Devices(机电三迹线结器件)”的美国专利No.6,911,682中所公开的,三迹线架构可用于机电存储器单元,其中迹线中的两个是控制带偏转的电极。 For example, as disclosed in US Patent No. 6,919,592, nanofabric can be patterned into ribbons, and these ribbons can be used as components to create non-volatile electromechanical memory cells. The ribbon is electromechanically deflectable in response to control traces and/or electrical stimulation of the ribbon. The deflected physical state of the tape can represent the corresponding informational state. The deflected physical state has a non-volatile character, meaning that the strip remains in its physical state (and thus information state) even if power is removed from the memory cell. As disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,911,682, entitled "Electromechanical Three-Trace Junction Devices," a three-trace architecture can be used in electromechanical memory cells, where two of the traces are controlled with deflection electrode. the

也已经提出了将机电双稳态器件用于数字信息存储(参照题为“NonvolatileMemory Device Including a Micro-Mechanical Storage Element(包括微机械存储元件的非易失性存储器件)”的美国专利No.4,979,149)。 The use of electromechanical bistable devices for digital information storage has also been proposed (see U.S. Patent No. 4,979,149 entitled "Nonvolatile Memory Device Including a Micro-Mechanical Storage Element") ). the

基于碳纳米管(包括其单层构建)和金属电极的双稳态、纳米机电开关的创建和操作已在具有与本发明共同的受让人的更早专利申请中详细描述,美国专利No.6,784,028、6,835,591、6,574,130、6,643,165、6,706,402、6,919,592、6,911,682、和6,924,538;美国专利申请No.2005-0062035、2005-0035367、2005-0036365、2004-0181630;以及美国专利申请No.10/341005、10/341055、10/341054、10/341130,这些专利的内容通过引用整体结合于此(下文以及上文中的“所结合的专利参考文献”)。 The creation and operation of bistable, nanoelectromechanical switches based on carbon nanotubes (including their monolayer construction) and metal electrodes has been described in detail in an earlier patent application having a common assignee with the present invention, U.S. Patent No. 6,784,028、6,835,591、6,574,130、6,643,165、6,706,402、6,919,592、6,911,682、和6,924,538;美国专利申请No.2005-0062035、2005-0035367、2005-0036365、2004-0181630;以及美国专利申请No.10/341005、10/ 341055, 10/341054, 10/341130, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety (hereinafter and above "Incorporated Patent References"). the

概述 overview

本发明提供制作双端纳米管开关、基于这些开关的存储器单元阵列、基于这些开关的熔丝/反熔丝器件、以及基于这些开关的可重新编程的配线的结构和方法。 The present invention provides structures and methods for fabricating two-terminal nanotube switches, memory cell arrays based on these switches, fuse/antifuse devices based on these switches, and reprogrammable wiring based on these switches. the

在一个方面中,双端开关器件包括第一导电端子和与第一导电端子间隔开的第二导电端子。该器件还包括具有至少一个纳米管的纳米管制品。该纳米管制品被设置成与所述第一和第二导电端子均永久性地直接物理接触。该器件还包括与第一和第二导电端子中至少一个电连通的刺激电路。该刺激电路被配置为在所述第一导电端子和第二导电端子之间形成第一电压差,从而使得所述第一和第二导电端子之间的纳米管制品的电阻从相对较低的电阻改变到相对较高电阻。该所述刺激电路被配置为在所述第一导电端子和第二导电端子之间形成第二电压差,从而使得所述第一和第二导电端子之间的纳米管制品的电阻从相对较高电阻改变到相对较低电阻。第一和第二导电端子之间的相对较高电阻对应于该器件的第一状态,而第一和第二导电端子之间的相对较低电阻对应于该器件的第二状态。该器件的第一和第二状态可以是非易失性的。第一状态的电阻可以至少是第二状态的电阻的约十倍。 In one aspect, a double-terminal switching device includes a first conductive terminal and a second conductive terminal spaced apart from the first conductive terminal. The device also includes a nanotube article having at least one nanotube. The nanotube article is disposed in permanent direct physical contact with both said first and second conductive terminals. The device also includes a stimulation circuit in electrical communication with at least one of the first and second conductive terminals. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a first voltage difference between the first and second conductive terminals such that the resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals changes from a relatively low The resistance changes to a relatively high resistance. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a second voltage difference between the first conductive terminal and the second conductive terminal such that the resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals is relatively low. High resistance changes to relatively low resistance. A relatively high resistance between the first and second conductive terminals corresponds to a first state of the device, and a relatively low resistance between the first and second conductive terminals corresponds to a second state of the device. The first and second states of the device may be non-volatile. The resistance of the first state may be at least about ten times greater than the resistance of the second state. the

在另一方面中,纳米管制品以受控的几何关系与第一端子的至少一部分重叠。受控的几何关系可允许电流在第一端子与纳米管制品之间相对较好地流动,并且允许热量在第一端子与纳米管制品之间相对较差地流动。受控几何关系可以是预定程度的重叠。在另一方面中,第一和第二端子的至少一个具有垂直取向的特征,且纳米管制品基本上顺应该垂直取向特征的至少一部分。在另一方面中,纳米管制品包括定义取向的纳米管结构物的区域。 In another aspect, the nanotube article overlaps at least a portion of the first terminal in a controlled geometric relationship. The controlled geometry may allow relatively good flow of electrical current between the first terminal and the article of nanotubes and relatively poor flow of heat between the first terminal and the article of nanotubes. The controlled geometric relationship may be a predetermined degree of overlap. In another aspect, at least one of the first and second terminations has a vertically oriented feature, and the nanotube article substantially conforms to at least a portion of the vertically oriented feature. In another aspect, a nanotube article includes regions of nanotube structures that define orientation. the

在另一方面中,第一电刺激是擦除操作。在另一方面中,第二电刺激是编程操作。在另一方面中,刺激电路能够向第一和第二导电端子中至少一个施加第三电刺激以确定该器件的状态。第三电刺激可以是非破坏性的读取操作。 In another aspect, the first electrical stimulus is an erase operation. In another aspect, the second electrical stimulus is a programming operation. In another aspect, the stimulation circuit is capable of applying a third electrical stimulus to at least one of the first and second conductive terminals to determine the state of the device. The third electrical stimulus may be a non-destructive read operation. the

在另一方面中,双端存储器件包括第一导电端子和与第一导电端子间隔的第二导电端子。该器件还包括具有至少一个纳米管的纳米管制品。该纳米管制品被配置成与第一和第二导电端子永久性地直接物理接触。该器件还包括与第一和第二导电端子中至少一个电连通的刺激电路。该刺激电路配置为在第一和第二导电端子之间形成第一电压差,从而使得所述器件中一个或多个纳米管与一个或多个导体之间打开一个或多个间隙。一个或多个间隙的打开将所述第一和第二导电端子之间的纳米管制品的电阻从相对较低电阻变成相对较高电阻。该刺激电路被配置为在所述第一导电端子和第二导电端子之间形成第二电压差,从而闭合所述器件中一个或多个纳米管与一个或多个导体之间的一个或多个间隙,且所述一个或多个间隙的闭合使所述第一和第二导电端子之间的纳米管制品的电阻从相对较高电阻变成相对较低电阻。器件中的导体包括第一导电端子、第二导电端子、纳米管和纳米管片段中的 一个或多个。第一和第二导电端子之间的相对较高电阻对应于该器件的第一状态,且第一和第二导电端子之间的相对较低电阻对应于该器件的第二状态。该器件的第一和第二状态可以是非易失性的。 In another aspect, a two-terminal memory device includes a first conductive terminal and a second conductive terminal spaced from the first conductive terminal. The device also includes a nanotube article having at least one nanotube. The nanotube article is configured to be in permanent direct physical contact with the first and second conductive terminals. The device also includes a stimulation circuit in electrical communication with at least one of the first and second conductive terminals. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a first voltage difference between the first and second conductive terminals, thereby opening one or more gaps between the one or more nanotubes and the one or more conductors in the device. Opening of the one or more gaps changes the resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals from a relatively low resistance to a relatively high resistance. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a second voltage difference between the first conductive terminal and the second conductive terminal, thereby closing one or more bridges between the one or more nanotubes and the one or more conductors in the device. gaps, and the closure of the one or more gaps changes the resistance of the nanotube article between the first and second conductive terminals from a relatively high resistance to a relatively low resistance. The conductors in the device include one or more of a first conductive terminal, a second conductive terminal, nanotubes, and nanotube segments. A relatively high resistance between the first and second conductive terminals corresponds to a first state of the device, and a relatively low resistance between the first and second conductive terminals corresponds to a second state of the device. The first and second states of the device may be non-volatile. the

在另一方面中,第一电刺激对纳米管制品的至少一部分进行过加热以打开一个或多个间隙。在另一方面中,该器件的一个或多个热特征被选择成使流出纳米管元件的热流最小化。流出纳米管元件的热流可通过以受控的几何关系排列纳米管制品和第一导电端子来最小化,其中该几何关系限制热量从纳米管制品流出并流进第一导电端子。受控几何关系可以是预定程度的重叠。流出纳米管元件的热流可通过选择导电相对良好而导热相对较差的第一导电端子材料来最小化。该材料具有相对较高的电导率以及相对较低的热导率。 In another aspect, the first electrical stimulus heats at least a portion of the nanotube article to open the one or more gaps. In another aspect, one or more thermal features of the device are selected to minimize heat flow out of the nanotube element. Heat flow out of the nanotube element can be minimized by arranging the nanotube article and the first conductive terminal in a controlled geometric relationship that restricts heat flow from the nanotube article and into the first conductive terminal. The controlled geometric relationship may be a predetermined degree of overlap. Heat flow out of the nanotube element can be minimized by selecting a first conductive terminal material that is relatively well conductive and relatively poorly conductive. This material has relatively high electrical conductivity and relatively low thermal conductivity. the

在另一方面中,第一电刺激通过在一个或多个纳米管与第一和第二导电端子中的一个或多个之间形成间隙来打开一个或多个间隙。在另一方面中,第一电刺激通过将纳米管的电网络中的一个或多个纳米管与一个或多个其它纳米管分离来打开一个或多个间隙。在另一方面中,第一电刺激通过将一个或多个纳米管断开成两个或更多纳米管片段来打开一个或多个间隙。在另一方面中,第一电刺激通过激发纳米管制品中一个或多个纳米管的一个或多个声子模式来打开一个或多个间隙。一个或多个声子模式可表现为热瓶颈。一个或多个声子模式可以是光学声子模式。纳米管制品中的一个或多个纳米管可被选成具有特定的强径向呼吸模式(breathingmode)或缺陷模式。在另一方面中,第二电刺激通过将一个或多个纳米管向一个或多个导体吸引来闭合一个或多个间隙。第二电刺激可通过生成静电吸引来将一个或多个纳米管向一个或多个导体吸引。 In another aspect, the first electrical stimulus opens the one or more gaps by forming a gap between the one or more nanotubes and one or more of the first and second conductive terminals. In another aspect, the first electrical stimulus opens the one or more gaps by separating one or more nanotubes from one or more other nanotubes in the electrical network of nanotubes. In another aspect, the first electrical stimulus opens the one or more gaps by breaking the one or more nanotubes into two or more nanotube fragments. In another aspect, the first electrical stimulus opens the one or more gaps by exciting one or more phonon modes of one or more nanotubes in the nanotube article. One or more phonon modes can represent a thermal bottleneck. One or more phonon modes may be optical phonon modes. One or more nanotubes in a nanotube article can be selected to have a particular strong radial breathing mode or defect mode. In another aspect, the second electrical stimulus closes the one or more gaps by attracting the one or more nanotubes toward the one or more conductors. The second electrical stimulus can attract the one or more nanotubes toward the one or more conductors by generating an electrostatic attraction. the

在另一方面中,可选存储器单元包括具有栅极、源极和漏极的单元选择晶体管,其中栅极与字线和位线之一电接触,且漏极与字线和位线中另一个电接触。该单元还包括双端开关器件,其中包括第一导电端子、第二导电端子和具有至少一个纳米管并与第一和第二导电端子中每个永久地直接物理接触的纳米管制品。第一导电端子与单元选择晶体管的源极电接触,且第二导电端子与编程/擦除/读取线电接触。该单元还包括与字线、位线和用于执行编程功能、擦除功能或读取功能的线电连通的存储器操作电路。存储器操作电路能够在字线上施加选择信号以选择该单元以及在用于执行编程功能、擦除功能或读取功能的线上施加擦除信号以将第一和第二导电端子之间的器件电阻从相对较低电阻变成相对较高电阻。存储器操作电路还能够在字线上施加选择信号以选择该单元以及在用于执行编程功能、擦除功能或读取功能的线上施加编程信号以将第一和第二导电端子之间的器件电阻从相对较高电阻变成相对较低电阻。第一和第二导电端子之间的相对较高电阻对应于存储器单元的第一信息状态,且第一和第二导电元件之间的相对较高电阻对应于存储器单元 的第二信息状态。第一和第二信息状态可以是非易失性的。 In another aspect, a selectable memory cell includes a cell select transistor having a gate, a source, and a drain, wherein the gate is in electrical contact with one of a word line and a bit line, and the drain is in electrical contact with the other of the word line and a bit line. an electrical contact. The unit also includes a double-terminal switching device including a first conductive terminal, a second conductive terminal, and a nanotube article having at least one nanotube in permanent direct physical contact with each of the first and second conductive terminals. The first conductive terminal is in electrical contact with the source of the cell select transistor, and the second conductive terminal is in electrical contact with the program/erase/read line. The cell also includes memory operating circuitry in electrical communication with word lines, bit lines, and lines for performing program functions, erase functions, or read functions. The memory operating circuit is capable of applying a select signal on a word line to select the cell and an erase signal on a line for performing a program function, an erase function or a read function to switch the device between the first and second conductive terminals. The resistance changes from relatively low resistance to relatively high resistance. The memory operation circuit is also capable of applying a select signal on a word line to select the cell and a program signal on a line for performing a program function, an erase function or a read function to switch the device between the first and second conductive terminals. The resistance changes from relatively high resistance to relatively low resistance. A relatively high resistance between the first and second conductive terminals corresponds to a first information state of the memory cell, and a relatively high resistance between the first and second conductive elements corresponds to a second information state of the memory cell. The first and second information states may be non-volatile. the

在另一方面中,存储器操作电路在字线上施加选择信号以选择该单元以及在编程/擦除/读取线上施加读取信号以确定存储器单元的信息状态。确定存储器单元的信息状态可以不改变存储器单元的状态。在另一方面中,可将多个可选存储器单元连接到用于执行编程功能、擦除功能或读取功能的线上。 In another aspect, the memory operating circuitry applies a select signal on a word line to select the cell and a read signal on a program/erase/read line to determine the information state of the memory cell. Determining the information state of a memory cell may not change the state of the memory cell. In another aspect, multiple selectable memory cells can be connected to lines for performing program functions, erase functions, or read functions. the

在另一方面中,可重新编程的双端熔丝-反熔丝(fuse/antifuse)器件包括第一导体、与第一导体间隔开的第二导体、以及具有多个纳米管并与第一和第二导体中每个均永久性地直接物理接触的纳米管元件。该纳米管元件包括的纳米管密度被选择为能够响应于跨接在第一和第二导体上的第一阈值电压而而打开所述第一和第二导体之间的电连接并产生所述纳米管制品的高电阻状态,以形成第一器件状态。纳米管元件还能够响应于跨接在第一和第二导体上的第二阈值电压而闭合第一和第二导体之间的电连接并产生所述纳米管制品的低电阻状态,以形成第二器件状态。该器件可以是交叉点开关。第一和第二器件状态可以是非易失性的。 In another aspect, a reprogrammable two-terminal fuse/antifuse device includes a first conductor, a second conductor spaced apart from the first conductor, and a second conductor having a plurality of nanotubes connected to the first conductor. The nanotube element is in permanent direct physical contact with each of the second conductors. The nanotube element includes a nanotube density selected to open an electrical connection between the first and second conductors and create the A high resistance state of the nanotube article to form a first device state. The nanotube element is also capable of closing an electrical connection between the first and second conductors and producing a low resistance state of the nanotube article in response to a second threshold voltage across the first and second conductors to form a first Second device status. The device can be a crosspoint switch. The first and second device states may be non-volatile. the

在另一方面中,多个配线层之间的可重新编程互连包括第一导电端子和多个配线层,每个配线层包括配线层导电端子。该互连还包括与第一导电端子以及每个配线层导电端子电连通的刺激电路。该互连还包括具有多个纳米管的纳米管制品。该纳米管制品被排列成与第一导电端子永久性地直接物理接触并与每个配线层导电端子永久性地直接物理接触。该刺激电路被配置为在第一导电端子以及多个配线层导电端子中的一个配线层导电端子之间形成第一电压差,从而使得纳米管制品在所述多个配线层中两个配线层之间形成互连,纳米管制品具有相对较低的电阻状态。该刺激电路被配置为在第一导电端子以及多个配线层导电端子中的一个配线层导电端子之间形成第二电压差,从而使得纳米管制品断开所述多个配线层中两个配线层之间的互连,纳米管制品具有相对较高的电阻状态。在另一方面中,刺激电路响应于安全考虑断开所有互连。 In another aspect, a reprogrammable interconnect between the plurality of wiring layers includes a first conductive terminal and a plurality of wiring layers, each wiring layer including a wiring layer conductive terminal. The interconnect also includes a stimulus circuit in electrical communication with the first conductive terminal and each wiring layer conductive terminal. The interconnect also includes a nanotube article having a plurality of nanotubes. The nanotube article is arranged in permanent direct physical contact with the first conductive terminal and in permanent direct physical contact with each wiring layer conductive terminal. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a first voltage difference between the first conductive terminal and a wiring layer conductive terminal of the plurality of wiring layer conductive terminals, thereby causing the nanotube article to move between the plurality of wiring layer conductive terminals. Interconnections are formed between each wiring layer, and the nanotube article has a relatively low resistance state. The stimulation circuit is configured to create a second voltage difference between the first conductive terminal and a wiring layer conductive terminal of the plurality of wiring layer conductive terminals, thereby causing the nanotube article to disconnect from the plurality of wiring layer conductive terminals. The interconnection between the two wiring layers, the nanotube article has a relatively high resistance state. In another aspect, the stimulus circuit disconnects all interconnections in response to safety concerns. the

在另一方面中,制作双端存储器件的方法包括设置第一导电端子以及设置与第一导电端子间隔开的第二导电端子。该方法还包括设置与第一和第二导电端子的至少一个电连通的刺激电路。该方法还包括设置包括至少一个纳米管的纳米管制品。纳米管制品以预定程度与第一和第二导电端子中至少一个的至少一部分重叠。器件响应与纳米管制品与第一和第二导电端子中至少一个之间的预定重叠程度相关。 In another aspect, a method of fabricating a two-terminal memory device includes providing a first conductive terminal and providing a second conductive terminal spaced apart from the first conductive terminal. The method also includes providing a stimulation circuit in electrical communication with at least one of the first and second conductive terminals. The method also includes providing a nanotube article comprising at least one nanotube. The nanotube article overlaps at least a portion of at least one of the first and second conductive terminals to a predetermined extent. The device response is related to a predetermined degree of overlap between the nanotube article and at least one of the first and second conductive terminals. the

预定程度的重叠可以由定时的各向同性蚀刻过程来确定。预定程度的重叠可由定向蚀刻过程来确定。预定程度的重叠可由牺牲膜的厚度确定。预定程度的重叠可由第一和第二导电端子中至少一个的厚度确定。 The predetermined degree of overlap may be determined by a timed isotropic etch process. The predetermined degree of overlap can be determined by a directional etching process. The predetermined degree of overlap may be determined by the thickness of the sacrificial film. The predetermined degree of overlap may be determined by the thickness of at least one of the first and second conductive terminals. the

在另一方面中,该方法包括制作第二存储器件,其结构为双端存储器件结构的镜像。 In another aspect, the method includes fabricating a second memory device whose structure is a mirror image of the two-terminal memory device structure. the

附图简述 Brief description of the drawings

在附图中, In the attached picture,

图1A示出本发明示例性实施方式的横截面图; Figure 1A shows a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of the invention;

图1B示出本发明示例性实施方式的横截面图; Figure 1B shows a cross-sectional view of an exemplary embodiment of the invention;

图2A-I是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的SEM显微照片; 2A-I are SEM micrographs of structures according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图3A-E示出根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的横截面图; 3A-E show cross-sectional views of structures according to some embodiments of the invention;

图4是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的横截面图; Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view of a structure according to some embodiments of the present invention;

图5是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的横截面图; Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view of a structure according to some embodiments of the present invention;

图6是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的横截面图; Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view of a structure according to some embodiments of the present invention;

图7是示出根据本发明某些实施方式的一般制作工艺的流程图; Figure 7 is a flow chart illustrating a general fabrication process according to some embodiments of the present invention;

图8A-F示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 8A-F illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图9A-C示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 9A-C illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图10A-I示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; Figures 10A-I illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图11A-C示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 11A-C show cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图12A、B和图13示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 12A, B and 13 show cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图14A-J示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 14A-J show cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图15A-N示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 15A-N illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图16A-L示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 16A-L illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图17A-M示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 17A-M illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图18是示出根据本发明某些实施方式的使用读取、擦除和编程循环的开关可操作性验证的流程图; 18 is a flow diagram illustrating switch operability verification using read, erase, and program cycles in accordance with certain embodiments of the invention;

图19是示出根据本发明某些实施方式的擦除循环的流程图; Figure 19 is a flowchart illustrating an erase cycle according to some embodiments of the present invention;

图20是示出根据本发明某些实施方式的器件的电流和电压擦除特性的曲线 图; Figure 20 is a graph showing current and voltage erase characteristics of devices according to certain embodiments of the present invention;

图21是示出根据本发明某些实施方式的编程循环的流程图; Figure 21 is a flowchart illustrating a programming loop according to some embodiments of the present invention;

图22A和22B是分别示出根据本发明某些实施方式的器件的读取、擦除和编程电流与电压特性和电阻特性的曲线图; 22A and 22B are graphs showing read, erase and program current versus voltage characteristics and resistance characteristics, respectively, of devices according to certain embodiments of the present invention;

图23A-E、24A-E和25A-E示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 23A-E, 24A-E and 25A-E show cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图26是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的横截面图; Figure 26 is a cross-sectional view of a structure according to some embodiments of the invention;

图27是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的横截面图; Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view of a structure according to some embodiments of the invention;

图28是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的横截面图; Figure 28 is a cross-sectional view of a structure according to some embodiments of the invention;

图29是根据本发明一个方面的结构的横截面图; Figure 29 is a cross-sectional view of a structure according to an aspect of the present invention;

图30A和30B示出现有技术结构的示意图; Figure 30A and 30B show the schematic diagram of prior art structure;

图31示出根据本发明某些实施方式的器件的横截面; Figure 31 shows a cross-section of a device according to some embodiments of the invention;

图32A和32B示出根据本发明某些实施方式的示意图; 32A and 32B show schematic diagrams according to some embodiments of the present invention;

图33A-G示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 33A-G illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图34A-E示出根据本发明某些实施方式的制作步骤中创建的结构的横截面图; 34A-E illustrate cross-sectional views of structures created in fabrication steps according to certain embodiments of the invention;

图35和36是根据本发明某些实施方式的结构的平面图。 35 and 36 are plan views of structures according to some embodiments of the invention. the

详细描述 A detailed description

本发明的较佳实施方式提供双端纳米管开关以及使用这些开关的多个器件。一般而言,纳米管元件或制品与诸如导电元件的两个端子中每个的至少一部分重叠。连接到端子中一个或两者的刺激电路施加适当的电刺激,纳米管元件通过改变该开关的状态来响应于该刺激。例如,两个端子之间电路径的电阻表征该开关的状态。相对较高的电阻路径对应于开关的“打开”或OFF状态,而相对较低的电阻路径对应于开关的“闭合”或ON状态。两个状态是非易失性的。刺激电路可以非破坏性地读出(NDRO)开关的状态,并且反复改变开关状态(例如电阻)。 Preferred embodiments of the present invention provide two-terminal nanotube switches and devices using these switches. Generally, the nanotube element or article overlaps at least a portion of each of the two terminals, such as a conductive element. Stimulation circuitry connected to one or both of the terminals applies an appropriate electrical stimulus, to which the nanotube element responds by changing the state of the switch. For example, the resistance of the electrical path between two terminals characterizes the state of the switch. A relatively higher resistance path corresponds to the "open" or OFF state of the switch, while a relatively lower resistance path corresponds to the "closed" or ON state of the switch. Both states are nonvolatile. The stimulus circuit can non-destructively read out (NDRO) the state of the switch and repeatedly change the switch state (eg, resistance). the

发明人相信,改变两个状态之间开关的能力与该开关的热和电特性之间的关系相关。具体而言,发明人相信,该开关的性能与通过纳米管元件的电流与将热量驱散出纳米管元件之间的关系相关。合乎需要地,为了将该开关变成“打开”状态,刺激电路在纳米管元件中施加发明人认为足以导致过加热的刺激,同时该开关具有 限制可流出纳米管元件的电流引起的热量的设计特征。发明人相信这实现了对纳米管元件进行过加热,断开了开关中的导电路径并创建“打开”状态。换言之,发明人相信,该开关的热和电管理增强了纳米管元件中的热累积,使“打开”状态形成。在某些实施方式中,热和电管理可以通过预定的受控方式将纳米管制品与两个诸如导电元件的端子中至少一个重叠来实现。例如,在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件通过诸如较佳长度的受控重叠长度的指定几何结构与两个端子中至少一个重叠。然后,热量很难从纳米管元件流到端子中,但是接触长度足够长,使得电流能很好地从该端子流入纳米管元件。在某些实施方式中,热和电管理通过选用驱散热量很差的材料制作开关来实现。例如,该开关可以用较低热导率的层来钝化,这有助于将热量阻挡在纳米管元件中。或者,端子可用导电性相对较好和导热性相对较差的材料制成。开关的热和电管理的其它设计和材料是可以预期的。应该注意,虽然由电刺激引起的开关电阻变化已经被反复观察到,但是仍然从理论和试验角度来考虑这些电阻变化的原因。在提交日期时,发明人相信,本文所述的热效应可导致或有助于所观测到的行为。其它效应也可导致或有助于所观测到的行为。 The inventors believe that the ability to change a switch between two states is related to the relationship between the thermal and electrical characteristics of the switch. Specifically, the inventors believe that the performance of the switch is related to the relationship between the current passing through the nanotube element and the dissipation of heat out of the nanotube element. Desirably, to turn the switch into the "on" state, a stimulus circuit applies a stimulus in the nanotube element that the inventors believe is sufficient to cause overheating, while the switch is designed to limit the heat induced by the current that can flow out of the nanotube element feature. The inventors believe this overheats the nanotube element, breaking the conductive path in the switch and creating an "on" state. In other words, the inventors believe that the thermal and electrical management of the switch enhances the heat build-up in the nanotube element, allowing the "on" state to form. In certain embodiments, thermal and electrical management can be accomplished by overlapping the nanotube article with at least one of two terminals, such as conductive elements, in a predetermined controlled manner. For example, in certain embodiments, the nanotube element overlaps at least one of the two terminals by a prescribed geometry, such as a controlled overlap length of a preferred length. Then, it is difficult for heat to flow from the nanotube element into the terminal, but the contact length is long enough that current flows well from the terminal into the nanotube element. In some embodiments, thermal and electrical management is achieved by making switches from materials that dissipate heat poorly. For example, the switch could be passivated with a layer of lower thermal conductivity, which helps keep heat out of the nanotube element. Alternatively, the terminals may be made of a material that is relatively good at conducting electricity and relatively poor at conducting heat. Other designs and materials for thermal and electrical management of the switch are contemplated. It should be noted that although switch resistance changes induced by electrical stimulation have been repeatedly observed, the reasons for these resistance changes are still considered from a theoretical and experimental point of view. As of the filing date, the inventors believe that the thermal effects described herein cause or contribute to the observed behavior. Other effects may also cause or contribute to the observed behavior. the

该开关可通过使用很容易集成到现有半导体制造方法中的方法来制作,如下详细描述。现在描述允许在纳米管制品或元件与端子之间制作指定几何结构的重叠的几种方法。 The switch can be fabricated using methods that are easily integrated into existing semiconductor fabrication methods, as described in detail below. Several methods are now described that allow the fabrication of overlaps of specified geometries between nanotube articles or elements and terminals. the

因为该开关可在两个非易失性状态之间可控地切换,以及开关的制作可集成到现有半导体制造方法中,所以该开关可用于许多用途。例如,该开关可在非易失性随机存取存储器(NRAM)阵列、可重新编程熔丝/反熔丝器件和可重新编程配线应用中实现。 Because the switch can be controllably switched between two non-volatile states, and because the fabrication of the switch can be integrated into existing semiconductor fabrication methods, the switch can be used in many applications. For example, the switch can be implemented in non-volatile random access memory (NRAM) arrays, reprogrammable fuse/antifuse devices, and reprogrammable wiring applications. the

首先,示出基于纳米管的非易失性存储器器件/开关的实施方式,并描述其各种部件。然后,示出制作开关元件的方法。描述制作开关元件时的测试方法。最后,示出使用基于纳米结构物的非易失性元件,诸如存储器阵列、熔丝/反熔丝器件和可重新编程配线、及其制作方法的实施方式。 First, an embodiment of a nanotube-based non-volatile memory device/switch is shown and its various components are described. Next, a method of fabricating a switching element is shown. Describes the test method when fabricating switching elements. Finally, embodiments using nanofabric-based non-volatile components, such as memory arrays, fuse/anti-fuse devices, and reprogrammable wiring, and methods of making them are shown. the

2-端子纳米管开关 2-terminal nanotube switch

图1A示出2-端子纳米管开关(2-TNS)10的横截面图。将纳米管元件25置于包括绝缘体层30的衬底35上。纳米管元件25与直接沉积在纳米管元件25上的例如导电元件15和20的两个端子至少部分地重叠。 FIG. 1A shows a cross-sectional view of a 2-terminal nanotube switch (2-TNS) 10 . The nanotube element 25 is placed on a substrate 35 comprising an insulator layer 30 . The nanotube element 25 at least partially overlaps two terminals, for example the conductive elements 15 and 20 , deposited directly on the nanotube element 25 . the

在本实施方式中,可在沉积导电元件15和20之前或之后在限定的区域内使 纳米管元件25形成图形。 In this embodiment, nanotube elements 25 may be patterned in defined areas either before or after deposition of conductive elements 15 and 20. the

导电元件15和20与刺激电路100接触。刺激电路100对导电元件15和20中至少一个进行电刺激,这改变了开关10的状态。具体而言,纳米管元件25通过改变导电元件15与20之间的开关10的电阻来响应该刺激;电阻的相对值对应于开关状态。例如,如果刺激电路100跨接导电元件15和20施加相对较高的电压和相对较高的电流,则纳米管元件25通过将导电元件15和20之间的开关电阻变成相对较高电阻来作出响应。这对应于器件的“擦除”状态,其中导电元件15和20之间的导电相对较差。例如,如果刺激电路100跨接导电元件15和20施加相对较低的电压和相对较低的电流,则纳米管元件25通过将导电元件15和20之间的开关电阻变成相对较低的电阻来作出响应。这对应于器件的“编程”状态,其中导电元件15和20之间的导电相对较好,甚至接近欧姆性。通常,高、低电阻值较佳地相距至少一个量级。以下将更加详细地描述双端纳米管开关的某些实施方式的“编程”和“擦除”开关状态的示例电压、电流和电阻。 Conductive elements 15 and 20 are in contact with stimulation circuit 100 . Stimulation circuit 100 electrically stimulates at least one of conductive elements 15 and 20 , which changes the state of switch 10 . Specifically, nanotube element 25 responds to the stimulus by changing the resistance of switch 10 between conductive elements 15 and 20; the relative value of the resistance corresponds to the switch state. For example, if stimulation circuit 100 applies a relatively high voltage and a relatively high current across conductive elements 15 and 20, nanotube element 25 responds by changing the switch resistance between conductive elements 15 and 20 to a relatively high resistance. respond. This corresponds to the "erased" state of the device, where conduction between conductive elements 15 and 20 is relatively poor. For example, if stimulation circuit 100 applies a relatively low voltage and a relatively low current across conductive elements 15 and 20, nanotube element 25 changes the resistance of the switch between conductive elements 15 and 20 to a relatively low resistance to respond. This corresponds to a "programmed" state of the device in which conduction between conductive elements 15 and 20 is relatively good, even close to ohmic. In general, the high and low resistance values are preferably separated by at least an order of magnitude. Example voltages, currents, and resistances for the "program" and "erase" switch states of certain embodiments of two-terminal nanotube switches are described in more detail below. the

导电元件15和20较佳地由导电材料制成,并且可根据所需的开关10的性能特性由相同或不同材料制成。例如,导电元件15和20可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属以及其它合适金属及其组合制成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁、和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体或半导体材料。导电元件15和20通常具有例如5-500nm范围的厚度。在本实施方式中,导电元件15和20较佳地间隔约160nm。该间隔可以根据开关10的所需特性如工艺设计所允许的一样小或大,例如从5nm至1微米。较佳地,该间隔小于约250nm。 Conductive elements 15 and 20 are preferably made of a conductive material and may be made of the same or different materials depending on the desired performance characteristics of switch 10 . For example, conductive elements 15 and 20 may be made of metals such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and other suitable metals and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And TiSi x conductive nitride, oxide or silicide. Other types of conductive or semiconducting materials may also be used. Conductive elements 15 and 20 typically have a thickness in the range of, for example, 5-500 nm. In this embodiment, conductive elements 15 and 20 are preferably spaced about 160 nm apart. The spacing can be as small or as large as the process design allows, eg from 5 nm to 1 micron, depending on the desired characteristics of the switch 10 . Preferably, the spacing is less than about 250nm.

制作在纳米管元件与端子或导电元件之间完全重叠的较佳方法遵循以上列出并共同授让给本申请的受让人的专利公开和授权专利中描述,或者是在当前电子工业实践中所使用的公知技术。以下详细描述制作纳米管元件与端子或导电元件之间受控重叠长度的部分重叠的较佳方法。 A preferred method of making a complete overlap between the nanotube element and the terminal or conductive element follows that described in the patent publications and issued patents listed above and commonly assigned to the assignee of the present application, or in current electronics industry practice Known techniques used. A preferred method of making partial overlap of a controlled overlap length between nanotube elements and terminals or conductive elements is described in detail below. the

绝缘体30可由SiO2、SiN、Al2O3、BeO、聚酰亚胺或其它合适绝缘材料构成,并具有例如2-500nm范围的厚度。绝缘体30由例如硅制成的衬底35支承。衬底35还可以是由半导体、绝缘体和/或连接到导电元件15和20以向非易失性2-端子纳米管开关(2-NTS)10提供电信号的金属的复合体。在某些实施方式中,衬底 35可以是与绝缘体30相同的材料,例如石英。一般而言,衬底35可以是接受通过旋涂的纳米管沉积的任何材料,但是较佳地是从有以下构成的组中选择的材料:热氧化物或氮化物,包括但不局限于二氧化硅、氮化硅、硅上的氧化铝;或以下物质在硅或二氧化硅上的任意组合:铝、钼、铁、钛、铂、和氧化铝;或半导体工业中使用的任何其它衬底。 The insulator 30 can be made of SiO 2 , SiN, Al 2 O 3 , BeO, polyimide or other suitable insulating materials, and has a thickness in the range of 2-500 nm, for example. The insulator 30 is supported by a substrate 35 made of, for example, silicon. Substrate 35 may also be a composite of semiconductors, insulators, and/or metals connected to conductive elements 15 and 20 to provide electrical signals to nonvolatile 2-terminal nanotube switch (2-NTS) 10 . In some embodiments, substrate 35 may be the same material as insulator 30, such as quartz. In general, substrate 35 may be any material that accepts nanotube deposition by spin coating, but is preferably a material selected from the group consisting of thermal oxides or nitrides, including but not limited to Silicon oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide on silicon; or any combination of the following on silicon or silicon dioxide: aluminum, molybdenum, iron, titanium, platinum, and aluminum oxide; or any other substrate used in the semiconductor industry end.

在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件25是缠结的碳纳米管的结构物(也称为纳米结构物)。制作纳米管元件和纳米结构物的方法是公知的,并且在所结合的专利参考文献中有描述。在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件或结构物是多孔的,且来自导电元件15和/或20的材料填充了纳米管元件中至少一些孔。在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件25包括单壁纳米管(SWNT)和/或多壁纳米管(MWNT)。在某些较佳实施方式中,纳米管元件25包括双壁纳米管(DWNT)。在某些较佳实施方式中,纳米管元件25包括一个或多个纳米管束。在某些较佳实施方式中,纳米管元件25包括一个或多个DWNT束。在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件25包括SWNT、MWNT、纳米管束和大部分DWNT。在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件25包括单个纳米管。 In certain embodiments, nanotube element 25 is a structure of entangled carbon nanotubes (also referred to as a nanofabric). Methods of making nanotube elements and nanostructures are well known and described in the incorporated patent references. In certain embodiments, the nanotube element or structure is porous, and material from conductive elements 15 and/or 20 fills at least some of the pores in the nanotube element. In certain embodiments, nanotube elements 25 include single-walled nanotubes (SWNTs) and/or multi-walled nanotubes (MWNTs). In certain preferred embodiments, nanotube elements 25 comprise double-walled nanotubes (DWNTs). In certain preferred embodiments, nanotube element 25 includes one or more nanotube bundles. In certain preferred embodiments, nanotube element 25 comprises one or more DWNT bundles. In certain embodiments, nanotube elements 25 include SWNTs, MWNTs, nanotube bundles, and mostly DWNTs. In certain embodiments, nanotube element 25 comprises a single nanotube. the

由某些方法制成的某些纳米管对用于2-TNS 10是较佳的。例如,由CVD工艺制成的纳米管是较佳的,它们趋于一致地呈现本文所述的开关行为。 Certain nanotubes made by certain methods are preferred for use with 2-TNS 10. For example, nanotubes made by CVD processes are preferred, and they tend to consistently exhibit the switching behavior described herein. the

图2A示出通过旋制方法制成基本上单层缠结纳米管的示例SWNT纳米结构物50的SEM图形。虽然图2A示出单层纳米结构物,但是可使用其它适当技术来制作多层纳米结构物。即,较佳实施方式不需要纳米结构物必须是单层纳米管。例如,纳米结构物可包括纳米管束和/或单一的纳米管。虽然图2A示出具有随机取向纳米管的纳米结构物,但是也可以使用对齐或接近对齐的纳米管。而且,纳米管可以是金属和/或半导体,如所结合专利参考文献中所描述的。一般而言,纳米结构物完全无需包括碳纳米管,而是简单地由一种材料制成并具有呈现如本文所述的非易失性开关行为的形式,例如基于硅纳米线的结构物、其它纳米线或量子点。 FIG. 2A shows a SEM image of an example SWNT nanostructure 50 made by a spin-on method of substantially single-layer entangled nanotubes. Although Figure 2A shows a single-layer nanofabric, other suitable techniques can be used to fabricate multi-layer nanofabric. That is, preferred embodiments do not require that the nanostructures have to be single-walled nanotubes. For example, nanostructures can include nanotube bundles and/or single nanotubes. Although FIG. 2A shows a nanofabric with randomly oriented nanotubes, aligned or near-aligned nanotubes can also be used. Furthermore, the nanotubes may be metallic and/or semiconducting, as described in the incorporated patent references. In general, nanostructures need not include carbon nanotubes at all, but are simply made of one material and have a form that exhibits non-volatile switching behavior as described herein, such as silicon nanowire-based structures, Other nanowires or quantum dots. the

图2A所示的纳米结构物较佳地在水平表面上制成。一般而言,结构物是共形的或者可以在没有限制的情况下在各个角度取向。图2C是具有在沉积之后遵循打底步骤(underlying step)的纳米结构物95的结构90的SEM图形。纳米结构物的这些共形特性可用于制作具有增强的尺寸控制并需要更小面积(例如可以以更大密度制作)的垂直取向的2-TNS,如下进一步描述。 The nanostructures shown in Figure 2A are preferably fabricated on horizontal surfaces. In general, structures are conformal or can be oriented at various angles without limitation. Figure 2C is an SEM image of structure 90 with nanostructures 95 following an underlying step after deposition. These conformal properties of nanostructures can be used to fabricate vertically oriented 2-TNSs with enhanced size control and requiring smaller areas (eg, can be fabricated in greater density), as described further below. the

在某些实施方式中,图1A中的纳米管元件25是厚度在0.5-5nm之间的SWNT 纳米结构物。在其它实施方式中,图1A中的纳米管元件25是厚度在5-20 nm的MWNT纳米结构物。SWNT直径可以在例如0.5-1.5nm范围内。单个纳米管可具有0.3-4μm的长度,因此可以长得足以跨越导电元件15和20之间的间距。纳米管还可以小于导电元件15和20之间的距离,但是与其它纳米管接触(或“形成网络”)以跨越这些元件之间的间距。对于由纳米管形成的导电制品和网络的细节可参考题为“Nanotube Films and Articles(纳米管膜和制品)”的美国专利No.6,706,402。一般而言,纳米管密度应足够高以确保至少一个纳米管或纳米管网络跨越导电元件15和20之间的整个距离。本文中描述纳米管的其它较佳特征。 In certain embodiments, nanotube element 25 in FIG. 1A is a SWNT nanostructure having a thickness between 0.5-5 nm. In other embodiments, nanotube elements 25 in FIG. 1A are MWNT nanostructures with a thickness of 5-20 nm. SWNT diameters may be in the range of, for example, 0.5-1.5 nm. A single nanotube may have a length of 0.3-4 μm and thus may be long enough to span the spacing between conductive elements 15 and 20 . Nanotubes may also be smaller than the distance between conductive elements 15 and 20, but contact (or "form a network") with other nanotubes to span the spacing between these elements. Reference is made to US Patent No. 6,706,402 entitled "Nanotube Films and Articles" for details on conductive articles and networks formed from nanotubes. In general, the nanotube density should be high enough to ensure that at least one nanotube or network of nanotubes spans the entire distance between conductive elements 15 and 20 . Other preferred features of the nanotubes are described herein. the

图1A所示的双端纳米管开关10在导电元件15和20之间具有可处于两个状态之一的路径。一个状态可由路径表征为导电元件15和20之间具有相对较高的电阻,RHIGH。在该“打开”、“擦除”或OFF状态中,电流通常较难在导电元件15和20之间流动。另一状态可由路径表征为在导电元件15和20之间具有相对较低的电阻,RLOW。在该“闭合”、“编程”或ON状态中,电流通常容易在导电元件15和20之间流动。 The two-terminal nanotube switch 10 shown in FIG. 1A has a path between conductive elements 15 and 20 that can be in one of two states. One state may be characterized by a path having a relatively high resistance, R HIGH , between conductive elements 15 and 20 . In this "on", "erased" or OFF state, it is generally more difficult for current to flow between conductive elements 15 and 20 . Another state may be characterized by a path having a relatively low resistance, R LOW , between conductive elements 15 and 20 . In this "closed", "programmed" or ON state, current generally readily flows between conductive elements 15 and 20 .

开关10通常以低电阻状态制成。该状态的电阻取决于纳米管元件25的特性以及导电元件15和20的特性。一般而言,可将纳米管元件25和纳米结构物的固有电阻控制在每平方100-100,000欧姆的范围内,例如由四点探针测量法所测量的。电阻为每平方1,000-10,000欧姆的膜通常具有每平方微米250-500个纳米管的密度。在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件25较佳地具有例如1-30个纳米管。在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件较佳地具有5-20个纳米管。 Switch 10 is usually made in a low resistance state. The resistance of this state depends on the properties of the nanotube element 25 and the properties of the conductive elements 15 and 20 . In general, the intrinsic resistance of nanotube elements 25 and nanostructures can be controlled in the range of 100-100,000 ohms per square, such as measured by four-point probe measurements. Films with a resistance of 1,000-10,000 ohms per square typically have a density of 250-500 nanotubes per square micron. In certain embodiments, nanotube element 25 preferably has, for example, 1-30 nanotubes. In certain embodiments, the nanotube element preferably has 5-20 nanotubes. the

处于“闭合”状态的导电元件15和20之间的开关10的总电阻包括串联的各个重叠区域的接触电阻加上纳米管的固有串联电阻除以元件15和20之间的纳米管路径个数(可以是单一纳米管和/或纳米管网络)。在某些较佳实施方式中,2-TNS 10的总的制作电阻通常在10kΩ-40kΩ范围内。在其它较佳实施方式中,该开关可被设计成电阻小于100Ω或者大于100kΩ。纳米管电阻的说明可在以下引用文献中找到:N.Srivastava和K.Banerjee的″A Comparative Scaling Analysis of Metallic andCarbon Nanotube Interconnections for Nanometer Scale VL SI Technologies(用于纳米尺度的VLSI技术的金属和碳纳米管互连的比较缩放分析)″,Proceedings of the 21stInternational VLSI Multilevel Interconnect Conference(VMIC)(第21届国际VLSI多级互连会议文集),9月29日-10月2日,1004,Wikoloa,HI,393-398页。 The total resistance of switch 10 between conductive elements 15 and 20 in the "closed" state consists of the contact resistance of each overlapping region in series plus the intrinsic series resistance of the nanotubes divided by the number of nanotube paths between elements 15 and 20 (could be a single nanotube and/or a network of nanotubes). In certain preferred embodiments, the overall fabrication resistance of 2-TNS 10 is typically in the range of 10kΩ-40kΩ. In other preferred embodiments, the switch can be designed to have a resistance less than 100Ω or greater than 100kΩ. A description of the resistance of nanotubes can be found in the following citation: "A Comparative Scaling Analysis of Metallic and Carbon Nanotube Interconnections for Nanometer Scale VL SI Technologies" by N. Srivastava and K. Banerjee. Comparative Scaling Analysis of Tube Interconnection), Proceedings of the 21stInternational VLSI Multilevel Interconnect Conference (VMIC) (Proceedings of the 21st International VLSI Multilevel Interconnection Conference), September 29-October 2, 1004, Wikoloa, HI , pp. 393-398. the

一般而言,器件的性能并不随纳米管元件中的纳米管密度强烈变化。例如, 纳米结构物的薄层电阻可变化至少10倍,并且该器件工作依然良好。在较佳实施方式中,纳米结构物的薄层电阻低至接近1kΩ。在某些实施方式中,在制作之后对纳米结构物的电阻进行估算,并且如果发现电阻大于约1kΩ,则以足够将电阻降低到约1kΩ以下的密度沉积附加纳米结构物。 In general, the performance of the device does not vary strongly with the nanotube density in the nanotube element. For example, the sheet resistance of the nanostructures can vary by at least a factor of 10 and the device still works well. In preferred embodiments, the sheet resistance of the nanostructures is as low as approximately 1 kΩ. In certain embodiments, the resistance of the nanostructures is estimated after fabrication, and if the resistance is found to be greater than about 1 kΩ, additional nanostructures are deposited at a density sufficient to reduce the resistance below about 1 kΩ. the

刺激电路100向导电元件15和20中至少一个施加合适的电刺激,以将开关2-TNS 10在低电阻和高电阻状态之间切换。一般而言,对2-TNS 10的适当电刺激取决于该开关的特定实施方式。例如,在某些实施方式中,刺激电路100可通过使用不受限的电流跨越导电元件15和20施加相对较高电压偏置,将开关10变成高电阻“打开”状态。在某些实施方式中,该电压约为8-10V,或者约5-8V或3-5V或更低。有时,电刺激是电压脉冲,并且有时将一系列脉冲用于将2-TNS 10切换到“打开”状态,例如一系列在1-5V之间的一个或多个脉冲。还可改变一个或多个脉冲的持续时间来将2-TNS 10切换到“打开”状态。在某些实施方式中发现,允许例如大于5μA的相对较高电流流过该开关可以增强其向“打开”状态切换的能力。在某些实施方式中,刺激电路100必须施加超过临界电压和/或电流的刺激,将2-TNS 10切换到“打开”状态。一般而言,可以使用足够使2-TNS 10切换到相对较高电阻状态的任何电刺激。在某些实施方式中,该状态可表征为1GΩ或以上的量级的电阻RHIGH。一般而言,该状态还被视为由相对较低的阻抗表征。 Stimulation circuit 100 applies a suitable electrical stimulus to at least one of conductive elements 15 and 20 to switch switch 2 - TNS 10 between a low resistance and a high resistance state. In general, appropriate electrical stimulation of the 2-TNS 10 depends on the particular implementation of the switch. For example, in some embodiments, stimulation circuit 100 may bring switch 10 into a high resistance "open" state by applying a relatively high voltage bias across conductive elements 15 and 20 with an unrestricted current. In certain embodiments, the voltage is about 8-10V, or about 5-8V or 3-5V or lower. Sometimes the electrical stimulation is a voltage pulse, and sometimes a series of pulses is used to switch the 2-TNS 10 into the "on" state, eg a series of one or more pulses between 1-5V. The duration of one or more pulses may also be varied to switch the 2-TNS 10 into an "on" state. It has been found in certain embodiments that allowing a relatively high current, eg, greater than 5 μA, to flow through the switch enhances its ability to switch to the "on" state. In certain embodiments, the stimulation circuit 100 must apply stimulation above a threshold voltage and/or current to switch the 2-TNS 10 into an "on" state. In general, any electrical stimulus sufficient to switch the 2-TNS 10 to a relatively higher resistance state can be used. In certain embodiments, this state may be characterized by a resistance R HIGH on the order of 1 GΩ or more. In general, this state is also considered to be characterized by a relatively low impedance.

在某些实施方式中,刺激电路100可通过跨越导电元件15和20施加相对电压偏置来将开关10变成低电阻的“闭合”状态。在某些实施方式中,约3-5V、或约1-3V或更小的电压将开关2-TNS切换到低电阻状态。在某些实施方式中,将2-TNS 10切换到“闭合”状态所需的电刺激部分取决于用于将2-TNS 10切换到“打开”状态的电刺激。例如,如果将相对较高的电压偏置用于“打开”该开关,则需要相对较高的电压偏置来“闭合”该开关。例如,如果8-10V的脉冲用于“打开”该开关,则需要3-5V的脉冲来“闭合”该开关。如果3-5V的脉冲用于“打开”该开关,则需要1-2V的脉冲来“闭合”该开关。一般而言,用于“打开”和“闭合”该开关的刺激可以每次都改变,尽管“闭合”刺激部分取决于“打开”刺激。换言之,即使例如使用8-10V的脉冲“打开”该开关,然后用3-5V的脉冲“闭合”,但是随后可再次使用3-5V的脉冲“打开”并用1-2V的脉冲“闭合”该开关。将较大的电压用于打开该开关将导致需要较大的电压来闭合该开关。虽然本文列举的实例使用高于“闭合”电压的“打开”电压,但是在某些实施方式中,“闭合”电压可以高于“打开”电压。相对于电压幅度,闭合和打开操作之间的差异更 依赖于电流控制。作为示例,可将无电流限制的6V擦除脉冲用于打开该开关,随后将具有1μA的电流容量(cap)的8V编程脉冲用于闭合该开关。 In certain embodiments, stimulation circuit 100 may bring switch 10 into a low-resistance “closed” state by applying a relative voltage bias across conductive elements 15 and 20 . In certain embodiments, a voltage of about 3-5V, or about 1-3V or less switches switch 2-TNS to a low resistance state. In certain embodiments, the electrical stimulation required to switch the 2-TNS 10 to the "closed" state depends in part on the electrical stimulation used to switch the 2-TNS 10 to the "open" state. For example, if a relatively high voltage bias is used to "open" the switch, a relatively high voltage bias is required to "close" the switch. For example, if a pulse of 8-10V is used to "open" the switch, a pulse of 3-5V is required to "close" the switch. If a pulse of 3-5V is used to "open" the switch, a pulse of 1-2V is required to "close" the switch. In general, the stimulus used to "open" and "close" the switch can change each time, although the "close" stimulus depends in part on the "open" stimulus. In other words, even if for example the switch is "opened" with a pulse of 8-10V and then "closed" with a pulse of 3-5V, it can then be "opened" again with a pulse of 3-5V and "closed" with a pulse of 1-2V. switch. Using a larger voltage to open the switch will result in a larger voltage being required to close the switch. Although the examples presented herein use an "open" voltage that is higher than a "closed" voltage, in certain embodiments, the "closed" voltage can be higher than the "open" voltage. The difference between closing and opening operations is more dependent on current control than voltage magnitude. As an example, a 6V erase pulse with no current limitation can be used to open the switch, followed by an 8V program pulse with a current capability (cap) of 1 μΑ used to close the switch. the

有时,电刺激是电压脉冲,并且有时将一系列脉冲用于将2-TNS 10切换到“闭合”状态,例如一系列1-5V之间的一个或多个脉冲。一个或多个脉冲的持续时间也可变化以使2-TNS 10切换到“闭合”状态。在某些实施方式中,相同的电压电平可用于“闭合”和“打开”该开关,但是两个刺激的波形不同。例如,给定电压的一系列脉冲可用于“打开”该开关,并且同一或类似电压的单个脉冲可用于“闭合”该开关。或者例如,给定电压的长脉冲可用于“打开”该开关,并且同一或类似电压的短脉冲可用于“闭合”该开关。使用这些类型的波形可简化2-TNS 10的设计,因为不再需要向该开关施加多个电压。在本发明的特定实施方式中,该现象在电流在编程期间受限而在擦除期间不受限时出现。 Sometimes the electrical stimulation is a voltage pulse, and sometimes a series of pulses is used to switch the 2-TNS 10 to the "closed" state, such as a series of one or more pulses between 1-5V. The duration of one or more pulses can also be varied to switch the 2-TNS 10 to the "closed" state. In some embodiments, the same voltage level may be used to "close" and "open" the switch, but the waveforms of the two stimuli are different. For example, a series of pulses of a given voltage may be used to "open" the switch, and a single pulse of the same or similar voltage may be used to "close" the switch. Or for example, a long pulse of a given voltage may be used to "open" the switch, and a short pulse of the same or similar voltage may be used to "close" the switch. Using these types of waveforms simplifies the design of the 2-TNS 10 because it is no longer necessary to apply multiple voltages to the switch. In a particular embodiment of the invention, this phenomenon occurs when the current is limited during programming but not during erasing. the

在某些情况下还发现限制流过开关的电流可增强其切换到“闭合”状态的能力。例如,在刺激电路100与导电元件15和20的一个之间添加1MΩ串联(inline)电阻器以将开关中的电流限制在小于1000nA,可将2-TNS 10切换到“闭合”状态的能力增强约40%。另一示例是可在编程循环期间限制电流的有源电路。一般而言,可以使用足以使2-TNS 10切换到相对较低电阻状态的任何电刺激。在某些实施方式中,该状态被表征为约100kΩ或更低量级的电阻RLOW。在某些较佳实施方式中,相对较高电阻状态的电阻至少是相对较低电阻状态的电阻的10倍。一般而言,该状态也可被视为由相对较低的阻抗表征。在某些较佳实施方式中,相对较高的阻抗状态的阻抗至少是相对较低的阻抗状态的阻抗的10倍。 In some cases it has also been found that limiting the current flowing through the switch enhances its ability to switch to the "closed" state. For example, adding a 1 MΩ inline resistor between the stimulation circuit 100 and one of the conductive elements 15 and 20 to limit the current in the switch to less than 1000 nA increases the ability to switch the 2-TNS 10 to the "closed" state About 40%. Another example is an active circuit that can limit current during a programming loop. In general, any electrical stimulus sufficient to switch the 2-TNS 10 to a relatively lower resistance state can be used. In certain embodiments, this state is characterized by a resistance RLOW on the order of about 100 kΩ or less. In certain preferred embodiments, the resistance of the relatively higher resistance state is at least 10 times greater than the resistance of the relatively lower resistance state. In general, this state can also be considered to be characterized by a relatively low impedance. In certain preferred embodiments, the impedance of the relatively higher impedance state is at least 10 times greater than the impedance of the relatively lower impedance state.

两个状态是非易失性的,即它们不发生变化直到刺激电路100向导电元件15和20中至少一个施加另一适当电刺激,并且保持状态尽管将功率从该电路移除。刺激电路100还可通过非破坏性的读出操作(NDRO)来确定2-TNS 10的状态。例如,刺激电路100可将较低的测量电压跨接在导电元件15和20之间,并测量导电元件之间的电阻R。该电阻可通过测量在导电元件15和20之间流过的电流并从其计算电阻R来测量。该刺激足够弱,使得其不改变器件的状态,例如在某些实施方式中是约1-2V的电压偏置。一般而言,RHIGH较佳地至少是RLOW的10倍,使得刺激电路100可以更容易检测该状态。 Both states are non-volatile, ie they do not change until the stimulation circuit 100 applies another appropriate electrical stimulus to at least one of the conductive elements 15 and 20, and the state is maintained despite removal of power from the circuit. The stimulation circuit 100 can also determine the state of the 2-TNS 10 through a non-destructive readout operation (NDRO). For example, stimulation circuit 100 may place a lower measurement voltage across conductive elements 15 and 20 and measure the resistance R between the conductive elements. This resistance can be measured by measuring the current flowing between the conductive elements 15 and 20 and calculating the resistance R therefrom. The stimulus is sufficiently weak that it does not change the state of the device, such as a voltage bias of about 1-2V in certain embodiments. In general, R HIGH is preferably at least 10 times R LOW so that the stimulation circuit 100 can more easily detect this state.

发明人相信当开关改变状态时,开关中的导电路径经历改变其输运电流的能力的变化。换言之,发明人相信,一个或多个导体之间沿导电路径的电学关系因导体之间的物理关系变化而改变。在2-TNS 10的电阻较高的状态中,发明人相信, 足够多个导体之间存在充分限制路径的输运电流能力的电分离或不连续。这可来源于响应于刺激电路100的电刺激而在这些元件之间形成的物理间隙。在2-TNS 10的电阻较低的状态中,发明人相信,足够多个导体之间存在允许路径相对较好地输运电流的电接触或连续性。这可来源于响应于刺激电路100的电刺激而闭合在一个或多个导体之间的间隙。 The inventors believe that when the switch changes state, the conductive path in the switch undergoes a change that changes its ability to carry current. In other words, the inventors believe that the electrical relationship between one or more conductors along a conductive path changes due to changes in the physical relationship between the conductors. In the higher resistive state of 2-TNS 10, the inventors believe that there is an electrical separation or discontinuity between a sufficient number of conductors that sufficiently limits the path's ability to carry current. This may result from physical gaps formed between these elements in response to electrical stimulation by stimulation circuit 100 . In the lower resistance state of 2-TNS 10, the inventors believe that there is electrical contact or continuity between enough conductors to allow the path to carry current relatively well. This may result from closing a gap between one or more conductors in response to electrical stimulation of stimulation circuit 100 . the

开关路径上的不同导体包括纳米元件25中的一个或多个单独纳米管或纳米片段以及两个端子15和20。因为纳米管元件中的一个或多个纳米管在两个端子之间提供纳路径,所以纳米管与端子之间和/或纳米管之间和/或每个单独纳米管自身内或片段之间的物理关系的变化有可能导致开关状态的变化。例如,纳米管可在低电阻状态下与端子中一个或多个接触,而在高电阻状态下失去与端子中一个或多个的物理接触。或者例如,纳米管元件内的纳米管电网络可在低电阻状态下彼此接触,而在高电阻状态下隔开一间隙。或者例如,单独纳米管可在低电阻状态下物理连续,而在高电阻状态下在该纳米管中间形成物理间隙。两个所得纳米管片或片段可各自被视为(更短)纳米管。一般而言,双端纳米管开关中的纳米管与一个或多个导体之间的物理关系可以改变。发明人相信,取决于特定实施方式,例如纳米管与端子、网络纳米管与网络纳米管或纳米管内的一个或多个特定种类的物理关系的变化可控制开关的开关行为。对于不同的开关设计规则,该现象可以变化。 The different conductors on the switch path include one or more individual nanotubes or nanosegments in nanoelement 25 and the two terminals 15 and 20 . Because one or more nanotubes in a nanotube element provide a nanopath between the two terminals, there is a gap between the nanotubes and the terminals and/or between the nanotubes and/or within each individual nanotube itself or between segments. A change in the physical relationship of the switch may cause a change in the state of the switch. For example, a nanotube may be in contact with one or more of the terminals in a low resistance state, while losing physical contact with one or more of the terminals in a high resistance state. Or for example, an electrical network of nanotubes within a nanotube element may contact each other in a low resistance state, but be separated by a gap in a high resistance state. Or for example, individual nanotubes may be physically continuous in a low resistance state, while a physical gap is formed between the nanotubes in a high resistance state. The two resulting nanotube sheets or fragments can each be considered a (shorter) nanotube. In general, the physical relationship between a nanotube and one or more conductors in a double-ended nanotube switch can vary. The inventors believe that, depending on the particular implementation, changes in one or more particular kinds of physical relationships, such as nanotube-to-terminal, network nanotube-to-network nanotube, or within a nanotube, may control the switching behavior of the switch. This phenomenon can vary for different switch design rules. the

发明人相信,在刺激电路100的“打开”刺激期间,2-TNS 10中的导电路径的物理变化可源于导体中的热效应。具体而言,发明人相信,由纳米管元件25的纳米管的至少一部分中出现阈值电压和/或电流密度而引起的过加热可导致该元件中的纳米管与路径中的一个或多个导体物理分离以形成间隙。例如,已经观测到约20微安的阈值电流可将单独的纳米管物理断开成分开一间隙的两个不同片段。在某些实施方式中,该间隙约为1-2nm,并且在其它实施方式中,该间隙小于约1nm或者大于约2nm。该物理间隙防止电流流过纳米管,提供由高电阻表征的“打开”路径。如果纳米管元件25是纳米管结构物,则每个单独纳米管中的电流通常是总电流以及纳米管数量或密度的函数,说明了在某些情形中许多纳米管可组合在一起以形成电路径的事实。发明人相信,在某些实施方式中,通过施加足以使一个或多个单独纳米管中的电流超过约20微安的总电流,这些纳米管可过热并断裂。因为这些纳米管不再输运电流,所以未断裂纳米管中的电流增大,从而使这些纳米管中的一个或多个过热并断裂。因此,很快输运电流的纳米管中的大多数或全部过热并断裂,在2-TNS 10中创建了由相对较高电阻表征的“打开”路径或“擦除”状态。 图2B是出现来示出导电纳米管路径中全部或大部分断裂的纳米结构物开关(例如参见箭头)显微照片。 The inventors believe that during "on" stimulation of the stimulation circuit 100, physical changes in the conductive pathways in the 2-TNS 10 may result from thermal effects in the conductors. Specifically, the inventors believe that overheating caused by a threshold voltage and/or current density occurring in at least a portion of the nanotubes of nanotube element 25 can cause the nanotubes in the element to contact one or more conductors in the path. Physically separated to form a gap. For example, it has been observed that a threshold current of about 20 microamperes can physically break an individual nanotube into two distinct segments separated by a gap. In certain embodiments, the gap is about 1-2 nm, and in other embodiments, the gap is less than about 1 nm or greater than about 2 nm. This physical gap prevents current from flowing through the nanotube, providing an "open" path characterized by high resistance. If nanotube element 25 is a nanotube structure, the current in each individual nanotube is generally a function of the total current and the number or density of nanotubes, illustrating that in some cases many nanotubes can be combined to form an electrical current. path facts. The inventors believe that, in certain embodiments, these nanotubes can overheat and rupture by applying a total current sufficient to cause the current in one or more individual nanotubes to exceed about 20 microamperes. Because the nanotubes are no longer carrying electrical current, the current in the unbroken nanotubes increases, causing one or more of the nanotubes to overheat and break. As a result, soon most or all of the nanotubes carrying the current overheat and break, creating an "open" path or "erased" state in the 2-TNS 10 characterized by a relatively high resistance. Figure 2B is a photomicrograph of a nanofabric switch (see, for example, arrows) emerging to show all or most of the break in the conductive nanotube pathway. the

类似地,发明人相信,由向纳米管施加的阈值电压和/或电流密度导致的过加热可以物理地断开纳米管电网络内一个或多个纳米管之间的接触。虽然当前并未标识出将2-TNS 10内的两个纳米管彼此分离所需的特定阈值电压和/或电流密度,但是该电压和/或电流密度有可能与断开单独纳米管所需的相近或更低。而且,由阈值电压和/或电流密度导致的过加热可物理地断开纳米管元件25中一个或多个纳米管与导体元件15和20中一个或多个之间的接触。 Similarly, the inventors believe that overheating caused by threshold voltage and/or current density applied to the nanotubes can physically break contact between one or more nanotubes within the nanotube electrical network. Although the specific threshold voltage and/or current density required to separate two nanotubes within 2-TNS 10 from each other is not currently identified, it is possible that this voltage and/or current density is comparable to that required to disconnect individual nanotubes. similar or lower. Furthermore, overheating caused by threshold voltage and/or current density may physically break contact between one or more nanotubes in nanotube element 25 and one or more of conductor elements 15 and 20 . the

发明人相信,一般而言,2-TNS 10可以在易于过热的位置处遭受物理断裂,例如沿纳米管元件25在导电元件15和20之间设置的路径上的弱热链接或热瓶颈。发明人相信,如果路径在给定位置断裂,则电流密度可在全部剩余路径中升高,这可引起其它位置的过热和断裂。因此,很快输运电流的路径中的大多数或全部可过热并断裂,在2-TNS 10中创建由相对较高电阻表征的“打开”路径或“擦除”状态。 The inventors believe that, in general, 2-TNS 10 can suffer from physical fracture at locations prone to overheating, such as weak thermal links or thermal bottlenecks along the path of nanotube element 25 disposed between conductive elements 15 and 20. The inventors believe that if a path breaks at a given location, the current density can rise in all remaining paths, which can cause overheating and breaking elsewhere. Consequently, soon most or all of the paths carrying current can overheat and break, creating an "open" path or "erased" state in the 2-TNS 10 characterized by relatively high resistance. the

发明人相信,刺激电路100的“闭合”刺激导致静电吸引,从而可在2-TNS 10中创建导电路径。该吸引可将纳米管和导体拉动或移动到彼此接触。如上所述,已经发现将2-TNS 10切换到“闭合”状态所需的电刺激至少部分地相关于先前用于将2-TNS 10切换到“打开”状态的电刺激。发明人相信,该效应可相关于在路径中纳米管与导体之间导致特定“打开”刺激的单个间隙或多个间隙的大小。例如,相对较低的“打开”电压可导致相对较小的过热,从而在纳米管与导体之间创建相对较小的间隙。然后,需要相对较低的“闭合”电压来使纳米管与导体跨越这些小间隙充分吸引并使它们彼此接触。或者例如,相对较高的“打开”电压可导致相对较大的过热,从而在纳米管与导体之间创建相对较大的间隙,然后,需要相对较高的“闭合”电压来使纳米管与导体跨越这些较大间隙充分吸引以使它们彼此接触。不够高的“闭合”电压不能使纳米管和导体以足够的强度吸引以使它们接触。 The inventors believe that "closed" stimulation of the stimulation circuit 100 results in electrostatic attraction, which can create a conductive path in the 2-TNS 10. This attraction can pull or move the nanotube and conductor into contact with each other. As noted above, it has been found that the electrical stimulation required to switch the 2-TNS 10 to the "closed" state is at least in part related to the electrical stimulation previously used to switch the 2-TNS 10 to the "open" state. The inventors believe that this effect may be related to the size of the single gap or gaps in the path between the nanotube and the conductor that result in a specific "opening" stimulus. For example, a relatively low "on" voltage can result in relatively little overheating, creating a relatively small gap between the nanotube and the conductor. A relatively low "turn-on" voltage is then required to sufficiently attract the nanotube and conductor across these small gaps and bring them into contact with each other. Or for example, a relatively high "open" voltage can cause relatively large overheating, creating a relatively large gap between the nanotube and the conductor, and then a relatively high "close" voltage is required to bring the nanotube to the conductor. The conductors are attracted across these larger gaps sufficiently to bring them into contact with each other. A "turn-on" voltage that is not high enough will not attract the nanotube and conductor with sufficient strength to bring them into contact. the

发明人相信,不期望的高“闭合”电压,例如在某些实施方式中的8-10V,可能高得足以将纳米管向导体吸引。然而,一旦纳米管与导体接触,则开始流过该连接的电流可在连接处引起局部温度跃升。这可使该连接过热并导致纳米管与导体再次分离。该连接和断开过程不断重复直到移除“闭合”电压。在这种情况下,开关失效,因为它不能被编程或“闭合”。然而,开关可由稍低的“闭合”电压闭合。不期望的高“打开”电压,例如在某些实施方式中的约15-16V,可导致过加热, 从而引起纳米管与导体之间的极大间隙,例如30-40nm。该间隙过大,使得没有足够高的“闭合”电压能使纳米管与导体充分吸引而使它们彼此接触。在这种情况下,开关失效,因为它不再是可编程的。该开关可能遭受不可恢复的损害,因为没有足以使纳米管与导体吸引以致接触的刺激。 The inventors believe that an undesirably high "closed" voltage, such as 8-10V in some embodiments, may be high enough to attract the nanotubes to the conductor. However, once the nanotubes are in contact with the conductor, current that begins to flow through the connection can cause a localized temperature jump at the connection. This can overheat the connection and cause the nanotubes to separate from the conductor again. This connecting and disconnecting process is repeated until the "closed" voltage is removed. In this case, the switch fails because it cannot be programmed or "closed". However, the switch can be closed by a slightly lower "close" voltage. Undesirably high "turn-on" voltages, such as about 15-16 V in certain embodiments, can lead to overheating, causing extremely large gaps, such as 30-40 nm, between the nanotubes and the conductor. The gap is so large that there is not a high enough "close" voltage to attract the nanotube and conductor sufficiently to bring them into contact with each other. In this case, the switch fails because it is no longer programmable. The switch can suffer irreversible damage because there is no stimulus sufficient to bring the nanotubes into contact with the conductor. the

发明人相信,可通过刺激电路100闭合电路径的可替换机制是由于可跨越间隙(由先前“打开”操作形成的间隙)发生的电弧。电子和/或造成的高温可将材料(间隙附近)牵引到间隙中以重建相连的电路径。 The inventors believe that an alternative mechanism by which an electrical path may be closed by stimulation circuit 100 is due to an electrical arc that may occur across a gap formed by a previous "open" operation. The electrons and/or the resulting high temperature can pull material (near the gap) into the gap to re-establish a connected electrical path. the

发明人发现,如果2-TNS 10未被钝化并且在惰性气体中受激,则“闭合”该开关所需的刺激强度相关于“打开”该开关所用的刺激。换言之,间隙的大小可相关于在惰性气体中的“闭合”刺激。发明人还发现,如果2-TNS 10未被钝化并在真空中受激,则“闭合”该开关所需的刺激强度保持大致恒定在约10%内,无论用于“打开”该开关的刺激如何。换言之,间隙的大小与真空中的刺激无关或弱相关。发明人相信,真空使热量能够比其在气体中更加快速地在纳米管元件中累积,可能是因为热量从纳米管元件泄漏到气体中。 The inventors have found that if 2-TNS 10 is not passivated and stimulated in an inert gas, the intensity of the stimulus required to "close" the switch is related to the stimulus used to "open" the switch. In other words, the size of the gap can be related to a "closed" stimulus in an inert gas. The inventors have also found that if 2-TNS 10 is not passivated and stimulated in a vacuum, the stimulus intensity required to "close" the switch remains roughly constant within about 10%, regardless of the amount of stimulation used to "open" the switch. How exciting. In other words, the size of the gap was independent or weakly correlated with the stimulus in vacuum. The inventors believe that the vacuum allows heat to build up in the nanotube elements more rapidly than it would in a gas, possibly because heat leaks from the nanotube elements into the gas. the

发明人相信,由2-TNS 10中出现阈值电压和/或电流而导致的过加热(可断开纳米管与导体之间的接触)可能与纳米管中热引发的晶格振动或声子相关。具体而言,发明人相信,过加热可激发纳米管中的一个或多个特定声子模式,并且该声子模式可断开纳米管与导体之间的接触。一般而言,热会激发诸如纳米管的材料中声学和光学声子的频谱。声学声子模式可传输热量,而光学声子模式通常不能用于传输热量。某些光学声子模式可耦合于声学声子模式,从而允许热量从光学模式流到声学模式中,此时它传输热量。然而如果热量不容易从光学模式流到声学模式中,例如不能传输通过纳米管,则在该纳米管中会发生热量快速累积或热瓶颈。这可导致足以断开纳米管与导体之间接触的过加热。 The inventors believe that the overheating resulting from the occurrence of threshold voltages and/or currents in 2-TNS 10 (which can break contact between the nanotube and conductor) may be related to thermally induced lattice vibrations or phonons in the nanotube . Specifically, the inventors believe that overheating excites one or more specific phonon modes in the nanotube, and that this phonon mode breaks the contact between the nanotube and the conductor. In general, heat excites a spectrum of acoustic and optical phonons in materials such as nanotubes. Acoustic phonon modes can transport heat, whereas optical phonon modes generally cannot be used to transport heat. Certain optical phonon modes can couple to acoustic phonon modes, allowing heat to flow from the optical mode into the acoustic mode, where it transports heat. However, if heat does not flow easily from the optical mode into the acoustic mode, for example cannot be transported through the nanotube, then a rapid heat build-up or thermal bottleneck can occur in the nanotube. This can result in overheating sufficient to break contact between the nanotube and conductor. the

发明人已经获得已在2-TNS 10中测试的不同种类的纳米管的拉曼(Raman)谱,并且已经观测到例如一致地呈现本文所述的开关行为的纳米管的较佳纳米管通常具有对应于纳米管径向呼吸模式的明显光学声子模式。发明人相信,该呼吸模式可与2-TNS 10的开关行为相关。例如,该模式可表现为热瓶颈,从而将热量阻挡在纳米管中。该模式可使纳米管或纳米管与导体之间的接触比不显现该模式的其它种类的纳米管更容易被阈值电压和/或电流密度破坏。该呼吸模式还可耦合于与纳米管的断裂或纳米管与导体之间接触的断裂相关的模式。换言之,该呼吸模式自身可以不直接与开关中可能的间隙形成相关,但是可与在开关中形成间隙的现象相 关。 The inventors have obtained Raman spectra of the different classes of nanotubes that have been tested in 2-TNS 10, and have observed that preferred nanotubes, such as nanotubes that consistently exhibit the switching behavior described herein, generally have A distinct optical phonon mode corresponding to the nanotube radial breathing mode. The inventors believe that this breathing pattern may be related to the on-off behavior of 2-TNS 10. For example, this mode can act as a thermal bottleneck, trapping heat in the nanotubes. This mode can make nanotubes or contacts between nanotubes and conductors more susceptible to breakdown by threshold voltage and/or current density than other kinds of nanotubes that do not exhibit this mode. The breathing mode can also be coupled to modes associated with fracture of the nanotube or contact between the nanotube and the conductor. In other words, the breathing pattern itself may not be directly related to possible gap formation in the switch, but may be related to the phenomenon of gap formation in the switch. the

较佳的纳米管还可具有与其断开与导体接触的能力相关的其它共同声子模式。例如,在某些纳米管中,可存在一个或多个缺陷模式或者可强耦合于纳米管与导体之间的结合模式的一个或多个模式。一般而言,一个或多个光学或声学声子模式可有助于断开2-TNS 10中的路径,例如“打开”开关可以是声子引起的。不同种类的纳米管,例如由不同方法或使用不同工艺条件制成的纳米管和/或具有不同个数的壁的纳米管,可具有不同的声子谱。某些种类可具有可导致或增强纳米管与导体之间接触的易断裂性的声子模式或其它特征。例如,具有一个以上的壁可增强纳米管与导体之间接触的易断裂性。 Preferred nanotubes may also have other common phonon modes associated with their ability to break contact with a conductor. For example, in certain nanotubes, there may be one or more defect modes or one or more modes that may be strongly coupled to the bonding mode between the nanotube and the conductor. In general, one or more optical or acoustic phonon modes can contribute to breaking paths in 2-TNS 10, e.g. "opening" a switch can be phonon induced. Different kinds of nanotubes, eg, nanotubes made by different methods or using different process conditions and/or nanotubes with different numbers of walls, may have different phonon spectra. Certain species may have phonon modes or other characteristics that may cause or enhance the fragility of the contact between the nanotube and conductor. For example, having more than one wall can enhance the breakability of the contact between the nanotube and the conductor. the

发明人相信,2-TNS 10的开关行为可从该开关的部件的热和电特性的关键关系得到。发明人相信,双端纳米管开关较佳地可向纳米管元件提供足够高的电压和/或电流,并且同时使充足的热量在纳米管元件中累积以便断开一个或多个纳米管与导体之间的接触。较佳地,该断开足够小,使其能够可重新编程地闭合。通过管理该关系,可设计并制作具有增强性能的较佳实施方式。这些目的可通过对该器件的电和/或热工程设计或管理来实现。 The inventors believe that the switching behavior of 2-TNS 10 can be derived from the key relationship of the thermal and electrical properties of the components of the switch. The inventors believe that the two-terminal nanotube switch preferably can provide a sufficiently high voltage and/or current to the nanotube element while allowing sufficient heat to build up in the nanotube element to disconnect one or more nanotubes from the conductor contact between. Preferably, the opening is small enough that it can be reprogrammably closed. By managing this relationship, better implementations with enhanced performance can be designed and produced. These objectives can be achieved through electrical and/or thermal engineering or management of the device. the

向纳米管元件提供充分的电刺激的目的可通过本领域中公知的技术实现。具体而言,导电元件较佳地相对较好地将电流传导到纳米元件中。导电元件可较佳地是相对较好的导电体。例如,导电元件可以是金属或其它类型的导电材料。较佳地,导电元件可通过易于集成到现有制造方法或者已经在其中使用的工艺和材料来制作。在至少“闭合”状态下,导电元件中一个或两者较佳地与纳米管元件近欧姆性地接触。制作近欧姆性的接触是公知的。 The purpose of providing sufficient electrical stimulation to the nanotube elements can be achieved by techniques well known in the art. In particular, the conductive elements preferably conduct electrical current relatively well into the nanoelements. The conductive element may preferably be a relatively good electrical conductor. For example, the conductive elements may be metal or other types of conductive materials. Preferably, the conductive elements are fabricated by processes and materials that are easily integrated into or already used in existing manufacturing methods. In at least the "closed" state, one or both of the conductive elements are preferably in near-ohmic contact with the nanotube element. It is known to make near-ohmic contacts. the

潜在地允许充足的热量在纳米管元件中累积以便响应于“打开”刺激来断开纳米管与导体之间的接触的目的更加有挑战性。例如良好导电的可用于导电元件的许多材料也能良好地导热。例如,金属通常可良好地导电,并且适用于制作2-TNS的许多实施方式,并且通常也导热良好。例如,良好导热体的导热良好的材料可从纳米管元件汲取足够的热量使得该元件不会响应于“打开”刺激而过热。或者,纳米管元件只响应于不期望的大“打开”刺激而过热。为了制作响应于足够(但并非不期望的)“打开”刺激来使热量能够在纳米管元件中累积的2-TNS,构想了若干实施方式。 The goal of potentially allowing sufficient heat to build up in the nanotube element to break contact between the nanotube and conductor in response to an "open" stimulus is more challenging. For example, many materials that can be used for conductive elements that conduct electricity well also conduct heat well. For example, metals generally conduct electricity well and are suitable for making many embodiments of 2-TNS, and generally conduct heat well as well. For example, a thermally well-conducting material that is a good thermal conductor can draw enough heat from the nanotube element that the element does not overheat in response to an "open" stimulus. Alternatively, the nanotube elements only overheat in response to undesired large "open" stimuli. Several embodiments are contemplated in order to make 2-TNS that responds to sufficient (but not undesired) "turn-on" stimuli to enable heat accumulation in nanotube elements. the

在某些较佳实施方式中,可通过将纳米管选择成具有响应于“打开”刺激特别易于断裂的特征,对纳米管自身进行热学工程设计。例如,如上所述,某些纳米 管可被选择成具有累积热量或耦合到断开纳米管与导体之间接触的其它模式的某些模式。纳米管可具有易于被过热断开的缺陷。在某些实施方式中,可在沉积之前对纳米管进行预处理以引入缺陷。 In certain preferred embodiments, the nanotubes themselves can be thermally engineered by selecting the nanotubes to have characteristics that are particularly prone to fracture in response to an "open" stimulus. For example, as described above, certain nanotubes can be selected to have certain modes that accumulate heat or couple to other modes that break contact between the nanotube and the conductor. Nanotubes can have defects that are prone to being disconnected by overheating. In certain embodiments, the nanotubes can be pretreated to introduce defects prior to deposition. the

在某些较佳实施方式中,可通过从导电相对较好但导热相对较差的一种材料(或多种材料)制造来对导电元件进行热学工程设计。例如,该材料可具有相对较低的热导率、相对较高的热容和/或相对较低的热扩散常数。例如,在某些实施方式中,掺杂半导体能够向纳米管元件提供足够高的“打开”刺激,并从纳米管元件吸收相对较低的热量。具有该特征的其它类型材料是可以预期的,例如导电聚合物。较佳地,导电元件提供足够的电刺激以“打开”该开关,同时并不显著妨碍纳米管元件中的热累积。 In certain preferred embodiments, conductive elements may be thermally engineered by manufacturing from a material (or materials) that conducts electricity relatively well but conducts heat relatively poorly. For example, the material may have relatively low thermal conductivity, relatively high heat capacity, and/or relatively low thermal diffusion constant. For example, in certain embodiments, a doped semiconductor is capable of providing a sufficiently high "turn-on" stimulus to the nanotube element and absorbing relatively low heat from the nanotube element. Other types of materials with this feature are contemplated, such as conducting polymers. Preferably, the conductive element provides sufficient electrical stimulation to "turn on" the switch without significantly impeding heat buildup in the nanotube element. the

另外,在某些较佳实施方式中,两个导电元件之间的距离相对较小,例如小于250nm。已经观测到,具有相对较远间隔开的导体元件并因此具有跨越它们之间距离的相对较长纳米管元件的开关,倾向于需要相对较大的“擦除”刺激以便于将该器件变成“打开”状态。在导电元件之间具有相对较大间距的开关倾向于在导电元件之间具有更高的电阻,并因此对于给定擦除电压在纳米管元件中具有更低的电流密度。 In addition, in some preferred embodiments, the distance between two conductive elements is relatively small, such as less than 250 nm. It has been observed that switches with relatively far apart conductor elements, and thus relatively long nanotube elements spanning the distance between them, tend to require relatively large "erase" stimuli in order to turn the device into "Open" state. Switches with relatively larger spacing between conductive elements tend to have higher resistance between conductive elements, and thus lower current density in the nanotube elements for a given erase voltage. the

一般而言,纳米管元件还可与2-TNS中除了导体之外的其它材料物理接触,例如下层绝缘体和上层钝化层。这些材料可从纳米管元件汲取热量。在某些较佳实施方式中,可将与纳米管元件接触的一种或多种材料选择成相对较差的导热体,例如具有足够高的热容和/或足够低的热导率。换言之,这些材料导热差,并可以是良好的绝热体。这是有益的,因为如果与元件接触的这些材料从该元件汲取少量热,则纳米管元件更容易过热。例如,发明人发现,除了提供其它益处之外,在纳米管元件上较佳地覆盖钝化层可显著降低“打开”2-TNS所需的刺激电平。通过在开关上较佳地包括钝化层,在一实施方式中,“打开”开关所需的刺激减小一半。一般而言,发明人相信,与纳米管元件接触的一种或多种材料较佳地导热相对较差,这有助于热量在纳米管元件中累积。 In general, nanotube elements can also be in physical contact with other materials in 2-TNS besides conductors, such as the underlying insulator and the upper passivation layer. These materials can draw heat from the nanotube elements. In certain preferred embodiments, the one or more materials in contact with the nanotube elements can be selected to be relatively poor thermal conductors, eg, have sufficiently high heat capacity and/or sufficiently low thermal conductivity. In other words, these materials conduct heat poorly and can be good thermal insulators. This is beneficial because nanotube elements are more prone to overheating if the materials in contact with the element draw little heat from the element. For example, the inventors have discovered that, among other benefits, preferably covering the nanotube elements with a passivation layer can significantly reduce the level of stimulation required to "turn on" 2-TNS. By preferably including a passivation layer on the switch, in one embodiment, the stimulus required to "turn on" the switch is reduced in half. In general, the inventors believe that the material or materials in contact with the nanotube element are preferably relatively poor thermal conductors, which contributes to the accumulation of heat in the nanotube element. the

发明人相信,较佳的钝化层对将例如纳米管元件和/或导电元件的2-TNS部件与环境隔离也是有益的。例如,空气中的水气或附着到纳米管元件上的水在高温下可腐蚀该元件。如果向裸露的2-TNS施加“打开”刺激,则在足够高的温度下在纳米管元件中可发生过加热,使得元件上的任何水都足以损坏该元件,使其不能良好地传导电流。这虽然“打开”了2-TNS,但是随后开关不能“闭合”,因为纳米 管元件提供的导电路径被不可恢复地破坏了。如果作为替代,使用较佳的钝化层对2-TNS进行钝化,则开关与破坏性的水隔离并且可重复“打开”和“闭合”。较佳地,在沉积钝化层之前将任何附着到2-TNS上的水除去;否则,该层很容易捕获开关附近的水。钝化层也较佳地并不除水气并且是不透水的。还较佳地不使用可破坏纳米管元件的高功率等离子体来制作钝化层。钝化层可由在CMOS产业中公知的任何适当材料制得,包括但不局限于:PVDF(聚偏二氟乙烯)、PSG(磷硅玻璃)氧化物、Orion氧化物(Orion oxide)、LTO(平坦化低温氧化物)氧化物、溅射氧化物或氮化物、Flowfill氧化物、ALD(原子层沉积)氧化物、CVD(化学气相沉积)氮化物。这些材料可彼此结合使用,即可将PVDF层或PVDF与其它共聚物的混合物置于CNT顶上,并且可使用ALD AL2O3层覆盖在该复合物上,但是任何不含氧的高温聚合物都可用作钝化层。在某些较佳实施方式中,诸如PVDF的钝化材料可与其它有机材料或介电材料混合并形成诸如PC7的共聚物,以生成诸如具有延长的寿命和可靠性的特殊钝化特性。 The inventors believe that a preferred passivation layer is also beneficial for isolating 2-TNS components such as nanotube elements and/or conductive elements from the environment. For example, moisture in the air or water attached to a nanotube element can corrode the element at high temperatures. If an "on" stimulus is applied to bare 2-TNS, overheating can occur in the nanotube element at a temperature high enough that any water on the element is sufficient to damage the element so that it cannot conduct electrical current well. This "opens" the 2-TNS, but then the switch cannot "close" because the conductive path provided by the nanotube elements is irreversibly broken. If instead the 2-TNS is passivated with a better passivation layer, the switch is isolated from damaging water and can be "opened" and "closed" repeatedly. Preferably, any water adhering to the 2-TNS is removed before depositing the passivation layer; otherwise, the layer can easily trap water near the switch. The passivation layer is also preferably non-dehumidifying and impermeable to water. It is also preferred not to use a high power plasma that would damage the nanotube elements to make the passivation layer. The passivation layer can be made of any suitable material known in the CMOS industry, including but not limited to: PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride), PSG (phosphosilicate glass) oxide, Orion oxide (Orion oxide), LTO ( Planarized Low Temperature Oxide) Oxide, Sputtered Oxide or Nitride, Flowfill Oxide, ALD (Atomic Layer Deposition) Oxide, CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) Nitride. These materials can be used in combination with each other, i.e. a layer of PVDF or a blend of PVDF and other copolymers can be placed on top of the CNTs and an ALD AL2O3 layer can be used to cover this composite, but any high temperature polymerization without oxygen can be used as a passivation layer. In certain preferred embodiments, passivation materials such as PVDF can be mixed with other organic or dielectric materials and form copolymers such as PC7 to produce specific passivation properties such as extended lifetime and reliability.

NRAM器件的钝化可便于该器件在室温下空气中操作,并且与NRAM器件顶部的材料叠层结合用作保护层。未钝化的NRAM器件的操作通常可在诸如氩、氮或氦的惰性气体背景下进行,或者在升高的(高于125C)样品温度下操作以从暴露纳米管移除所吸收的水。因此,钝化膜的要求通常是双重的。第一,钝化应形成有效的湿气屏障,以防止纳米管暴露在水气中。第二,钝化膜不应干扰NRAM器件的开关机制。 Passivation of the NRAM device facilitates operation of the device in air at room temperature and acts as a protective layer in conjunction with the material stack on top of the NRAM device. Operation of unpassivated NRAM devices can typically be performed under an inert gas background such as argon, nitrogen or helium, or at elevated (above 125C) sample temperature to remove absorbed water from exposed nanotubes. Therefore, the requirement for a passivation film is usually twofold. First, passivation should form an effective moisture barrier to prevent the nanotubes from being exposed to moisture. Second, the passivation film should not interfere with the switching mechanism of the NRAM device. the

钝化的一种方法涉及围绕NRAM器件制作以提供密封的开关区域的腔。围绕单独器件(器件级钝化)的腔和围绕整个22个器件的管芯(管芯级钝化)的腔两者都已被实现。然而,制作工艺流程很复杂,需要至少2个额外光刻步骤以及至少2个额外蚀刻步骤。 One method of passivation involves a cavity fabricated around the NRAM device to provide a sealed switching region. Both cavities around individual devices (device-level passivation) and cavities around the entire 22-device die (die-level passivation) have been implemented. However, the fabrication process flow is complex, requiring at least 2 additional photolithography steps and at least 2 additional etching steps. the

钝化的另一种方法涉及在NRAM器件上沉积合适的介电层。该方法的示例是使用与NRAM器件直接接触的旋涂聚偏二氟乙烯(PVDF)。PVDF被图形化成管芯级(在整个管芯的有源区域上)或者器件级片(覆盖单独器件的单独片)。然后,诸如氧化铝或二氧化硅的合适的第二介电钝化膜用于密封PVDF并向NRAM操作提供坚固的钝化。NRAM操作被认为会热分解上层PVDF,因此需要第二钝化层来密封该器件。由于管芯级钝化通常是~100平方微米的片,所以该局部分解可导致第二钝化破裂、NRAM器件暴露在空气中、以及其随后失效。为了避免第二钝化膜的这种失效,通过使用通常从4V以0.5V步长到8V的500ns脉冲来脉冲调制 该器件,来对管芯级钝化的器件进行电“老化”。这被认为是对PVDF的受控分解,并且防止上层第二钝化膜的破裂。在老化过程之后,管芯级钝化NRAM器件正常工作。以器件级PVDF涂层和第二钝化膜钝化的器件不需要这种老化步骤并且可在室温下空气中直接在操作电压下操作。通过器件级钝化,PVDF被图像化成精确的CNT结构物形状,通常0.5微米宽和1-2微米长。这种小片通常被认为是能够分解而不会使第二钝化膜失效。对于第二钝化中的给定缺陷密度,平均而言,与较大的管芯级片相比有可能在更小的器件级PVDF片的覆盖区域上不存在缺陷。 Another method of passivation involves depositing a suitable dielectric layer over the NRAM device. An example of this approach is the use of spin-coated polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) in direct contact with the NRAM device. PVDF is patterned as die-level (over the active area of the entire die) or device-level sheets (separate sheets covering individual devices). A suitable second dielectric passivation film such as alumina or silicon dioxide is then used to seal the PVDF and provide a robust passivation for NRAM operation. NRAM operation is thought to thermally decompose the upper PVDF, thus requiring a second passivation layer to seal the device. Since the die-level passivation is typically ~100 micron square sheets, this localized decomposition can lead to cracking of the second passivation, exposure of the NRAM device to air, and its subsequent failure. To avoid this failure of the second passivation film, the die-level passivated device was electrically "aged" by pulsing the device with 500 ns pulses typically from 4 V to 8 V in 0.5 V steps. This is believed to be a controlled decomposition of PVDF and prevents cracking of the upper second passivation film. After the burn-in process, the die-level passivated NRAM device works normally. Devices passivated with a device-grade PVDF coating and a second passivation film do not require this aging step and can be operated directly at operating voltage in air at room temperature. Through device-level passivation, PVDF is imaged into precise CNT structure shapes, typically 0.5 microns wide and 1-2 microns long. Such flakes are generally considered to be able to disintegrate without rendering the second passivation film ineffective. For a given defect density in the second passivation, on average, it is possible to have no defects on the footprint of a smaller device-level PVDF sheet than a larger die-level sheet. the

发明人相信,在某些较佳实施方式中,可对由刺激电路施加的“打开”刺激进行工程设计以便于增强纳米管元件中的热累积。在一实施方式中,向开关施加相对较大的电压是对“打开”刺激进行工程设计的一个示例。在其它实施方式中,可向该开关施加一系列脉冲,并且这些脉冲可由快于热量传出纳米管元件的时间尺度的定时分隔开。发明人相信,在这种情况下,脉冲自身无需具有较大的幅度,但是脉冲在纳米管元件中沉积的总热量可能足以过加热并断开该元件。 The inventors believe that, in certain preferred embodiments, the "on" stimulus applied by the stimulus circuit can be engineered so as to enhance heat build-up in the nanotube element. In one embodiment, applying a relatively large voltage to a switch is an example of engineering an "on" stimulus. In other embodiments, a series of pulses may be applied to the switch, and the pulses may be separated by timing faster than the time scale for heat transfer out of the nanotube element. The inventors believe that in this case the pulse itself need not be of large amplitude, but the total heat deposited by the pulse in the nanotube element may be sufficient to overheat and disconnect the element. the

发明人相信,在某些较佳实施方式中,可通过将它们设计成具有“热点”或热瓶颈而对双端纳米管开关进行热学工程设计,一个或多个纳米管在热点或热瓶颈处特别容易过热。例如,如以下详细描述的,可将纳米管元件制成以受控几何关系(例如受控的重叠长度)与至少一个导体部分重叠。例如,通过将重叠长度控制在小于100nm或者小于50nm,导体可从纳米管元件汲取的热量可被充分减小,以便于有可能允许纳米管元件在一个或多个位置上迅速过热。相反,增大重叠长度可通过从纳米管元件驱散热量而防止过热。 The inventors believe that, in certain preferred embodiments, double-ended nanotube switches can be thermally engineered by designing them to have "hot spots" or thermal bottlenecks where one or more nanotubes Very prone to overheating. For example, as described in detail below, nanotube elements can be fabricated to partially overlap at least one conductor in a controlled geometric relationship (eg, a controlled overlap length). For example, by controlling the overlap length to be less than 100 nm or less than 50 nm, the amount of heat that the conductor can draw from the nanotube element can be reduced sufficiently to potentially allow the nanotube element to overheat rapidly at one or more locations. Conversely, increasing the overlap length can prevent overheating by dissipating heat from the nanotube element. the

例如,已经观测到,与100nm以上相比,可通过将重叠长度限制在小于50nm来“打开”至少多10%的制成开关。而且,对于具有小于50nm的重叠长度的实施方式而言,“打开”开关所需的时间可得到减小,这暗示或说明了该纳米管元件可响应于“打开”刺激更快速地过热。例如,具有小于50nm重叠长度的制成开关的“打开”时间可在100ns的量级上,且具有大于100nm重叠长度的开关的“打开”时间可在1毫秒或以上的量级上。工程设计可提供更快的开关速度,例如lns或更快。一般而言,以指定的几何关系来安排纳米管元件和一个或多个导电元件对管理纳米管与导电元件之间的热关系很有用。该安排或其它安排可在2-NTS中创建热瓶颈或“热点”,这可增强开关的操作。 For example, it has been observed that at least 10% more fabricated switches can be "opened" by limiting the overlap length to less than 50 nm compared to above 100 nm. Also, for embodiments having overlap lengths of less than 50 nm, the time required to "turn on" the switch can be reduced, suggesting or illustrating that the nanotube element can overheat more quickly in response to an "turn on" stimulus. For example, the "on" time of fabricated switches with an overlap length of less than 50 nm can be on the order of 100 ns, and the "on" time of switches with an overlap length of greater than 100 nm can be on the order of 1 millisecond or more. Engineered to provide faster switching speeds such as lns or faster. In general, arranging the nanotube element and one or more conductive elements in a specified geometric relationship is useful for managing the thermal relationship between the nanotubes and the conductive element. This or other arrangement can create a thermal bottleneck or "hot spot" in the 2-NTS, which can enhance the operation of the switch. the

总之,在一个或多个实施方式中,热和/或电工程设计或管理可用于增强双端纳米管开关的性能。一个以上本文所述的热和/或电工程设计技术可同时在较佳的 双端纳米管开关的设计和制造中使用。例如,可将开关制成具有受控的重叠长度以减小导电元件从纳米管元件汲取的热量,并且可进一步用在某些情形中可包括共聚物混合的较佳的钝化层来对该开关进行钝化。 In summary, in one or more embodiments, thermal and/or electrical engineering or management can be used to enhance the performance of two-terminal nanotube switches. One or more of the thermal and/or electrical engineering design techniques described herein can be used simultaneously in the design and fabrication of the preferred two-terminal nanotube switch. For example, switches can be made with controlled overlap lengths to reduce the heat drawn by the conductive elements from the nanotube elements, and can be further enhanced with a preferred passivation layer which in some cases can include a blend of copolymers. switch is passivated. the

应该注意,虽然因电刺激引起的开关电阻变化已被反复观测到,但是依然从理论和试验两者的角度考虑这些电阻变化的起因。在提交时,发明人相信如本文所述的热效应可导致或有助于所观测到的行为。其它效应也可导致或有助于所观测到的行为。 It should be noted that although switch resistance changes due to electrical stimulation have been repeatedly observed, the origin of these resistance changes is still considered both theoretically and experimentally. At the time of filing, the inventors believe that thermal effects as described herein may cause or contribute to the observed behavior. Other effects may also cause or contribute to the observed behavior. the

图1B示出非易失性2-端子纳米管开关(2-TNS)10’的横截面图,其中通过限制纳米管元件25’与导电元件20’之间的重叠来实现热管理。纳米管元件25’设置在包括绝缘体层30’的衬底35’上。纳米管元件25’被安排成与例如导电元件15’和20’的端子中至少一个在预定程度上至少部分地重叠,这些端子被直接沉积在纳米管元件25’上。 Figure IB shows a cross-sectional view of a non-volatile 2-terminal nanotube switch (2-TNS) 10' in which thermal management is achieved by limiting the overlap between the nanotube element 25' and the conductive element 20'. The nanotube element 25' is disposed on a substrate 35' comprising an insulator layer 30'. The nanotube element 25' is arranged to at least partially overlap to a predetermined extent at least one of, for example, the terminals of the conductive elements 15' and 20', which terminals are deposited directly on the nanotube element 25'. the

在本实施方式中,在一区域内对纳米管元件25’进行图形化,该区域可在导电元件15’和/或20’的沉积之前或之后限定。导电元件15’与纳米管元件25’的一整个端子区域重叠,形成近欧姆性接触。在纳米管元件25’的相反一端,在重叠区域45’处,导电元件20’与纳米管元件25’重叠受控的重叠长度40’。受控的重叠长度40’可以在例如1-150nm范围内,或者在15-50nm范围内。在一较佳实施方式中,受控重叠长度40’约为45nm。可对开关进行热和电管理以通过限制重叠的纳米管元件25’和导电元件20’使得热较难从纳米管元件流入导电元件,来增强纳米管元件中的热累积,其中接触长度足够长,使得电流很容易从导电元件流入纳米管元件。 In this embodiment, the nanotube elements 25' are patterned in an area that may be defined before or after the deposition of the conductive elements 15' and/or 20'. The conductive element 15' overlaps an entire terminal area of the nanotube element 25', forming a near-ohmic contact. At the opposite end of the nanotube element 25', at an overlap region 45', the conductive element 20' overlaps the nanotube element 25' by a controlled overlap length 40'. The controlled overlap length 40' may be, for example, in the range 1-150 nm, or in the range 15-50 nm. In a preferred embodiment, the controlled overlap length 40' is about 45 nm. The switch can be thermally and electrically managed to enhance heat build-up in the nanotube element by confining the overlapping nanotube element 25' and conductive element 20' making it more difficult for heat to flow from the nanotube element to the conductive element where the contact length is sufficiently long , making it easy for current to flow from the conductive element to the nanotube element. the

在一个或多个实施方式中,开关10’的一个或多个电特性与受控重叠长度40’有关。例如,如以下更详细描述的,擦除和/或编程开关10’所需的时间与受控重叠长度40’有关。 In one or more embodiments, one or more electrical characteristics of switch 10' are related to controlled overlap length 40'. For example, the time required to erase and/or program switch 10' is related to controlled overlap length 40' as described in more detail below. the

图2D至2I示出功能双端纳米管开关的几个不同实施方式的俯视SEM图,其中该开关通过使用根据本文所述的某些实施方式的材料、纳米管元件和方法制成。在如图2D所示的实施方式中,在沉积于硅衬底(俯视图中不可见)上的绝缘体层62D上制成2-TNS 60D。绝缘体62D为约20nm的SiO2,并用作底(背)栅极。在图1B中分别对应于导电元件15’和20’的导电元件70D和75D是钯,厚度约为100nm。导电元件70D和75D各自具有约400nm的宽度,并且具有约150nm的间隔85D。 Figures 2D to 2I show top-view SEM images of several different embodiments of functional two-terminal nanotube switches made using materials, nanotube elements and methods according to certain embodiments described herein. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 2D, 2-TNS 60D is formed on an insulator layer 62D deposited on a silicon substrate (not visible in top view). Insulator 62D is about 20nm SiO2 and serves as the bottom (back) gate. Conductive elements 70D and 75D corresponding to conductive elements 15' and 20', respectively, in FIG. 1B are palladium and have a thickness of about 100 nm. Conductive elements 70D and 75D each have a width of approximately 400 nm, and have a spacing 85D of approximately 150 nm.

在图像中,纳米管元件65D包括若干纳米管,在灰色的绝缘体62D的背景中 作为亮灰线出现在图像的右半边。导电元件70D与纳米管元件65D的较大部分重叠,造成在图像中导电元件70D与导电元件75D的纹理相比具有相对粗糙的纹理,导电元件75D与纳米管元件65C的有限部分重叠,如下文更详细描述。导电元件70D具有由区域55D指示的条纹,该区域是该元件由于下层具有纳米管而抬起的区域。还可看出纳米管元件65D延伸超过导电元件70D的外围。该结构不影响器件的性能,却能方便地允许对纳米管元件65D的暴露部分进行成像和/或表征。 In the image, nanotube element 65D, comprising several nanotubes, appears in the right half of the image as a bright gray line against a background of gray insulator 62D. Conductive element 70D overlaps a larger portion of nanotube element 65D, causing conductive element 70D to have a relatively rough texture in the image compared to the texture of conductive element 75D, which overlaps a limited portion of nanotube element 65C, as follows Describe in more detail. Conductive element 70D has striations indicated by region 55D, which is the area where the element is raised due to the underlying layer having nanotubes. It can also be seen that nanotube element 65D extends beyond the periphery of conductive element 70D. This structure does not affect device performance, but conveniently allows imaging and/or characterization of the exposed portion of nanotube element 65D. the

可以看到纳米管元件65D中的一些纳米管跨越导电元件70D和75D之间的距离85D。导电元件75D在区域80D中以约17.4nm的受控重叠长度与纳米管元件65D重叠,该长度对应于图1B中的受控重叠长度40’。可以看到导电元件70D和75D具有白色边界,这是成像过程中的带电伪像。该伪像掩盖了具有实质上比伪像长度小的受控重叠区域80D。然而,如进一步所述的,某些实施方式具有足够大以在SEM显微照片中可见的重叠区域。 It can be seen that some of the nanotubes in nanotube element 65D span the distance 85D between conductive elements 70D and 75D. Conductive element 75D overlaps nanotube element 65D in region 80D by a controlled overlap length of about 17.4 nm, which corresponds to controlled overlap length 40' in Figure IB. Conductive elements 70D and 75D can be seen to have a white border, which is a charging artifact in the imaging process. The artifact masks a controlled overlap region 80D having substantially less than the artifact length. However, as further described, certain embodiments have overlapping regions that are large enough to be visible in SEM micrographs. the

图2E所示的实施方式具有与图2D的实施方式相似的结构,其中导电元件70E和75E具有与图2D中的元件相似的尺寸,但是由约250nm的距离85E分开。该图像相对于图2D旋转了90度。在此,导电元件75E在区域80E与纳米管元件65E重叠约38.6nm。虽然距离80D和80E及65D和65E之差较大,但是图2D和2E所示的实施方式可比拟地操作。图2F所示的实施方式与图2D和2E所示的实施方式相似,但是导电元件70F和75F由约250nm的距离分开。在此,导电元件75F与纳米管元件65F重叠约84.9nm。图2G所示的实施方式与图2D-2F所示的实施方式相似,但是导电元件70G和75G由约150nm的距离分开。在此,导电元件75G与纳米管元件65G重叠约90.5nm。 The embodiment shown in Figure 2E has a similar structure to that of Figure 2D, with conductive elements 70E and 75E having similar dimensions to the elements in Figure 2D, but separated by a distance 85E of about 250 nm. This image is rotated 90 degrees relative to Figure 2D. Here, conductive element 75E overlaps nanotube element 65E by approximately 38.6 nm in region 80E. Although the differences in distances 80D and 80E and 65D and 65E are larger, the embodiments shown in Figures 2D and 2E operate comparably. The embodiment shown in Figure 2F is similar to the embodiment shown in Figures 2D and 2E, but with conductive elements 70F and 75F separated by a distance of about 250 nm. Here, conductive element 75F overlaps nanotube element 65F by approximately 84.9 nm. The embodiment shown in Figure 2G is similar to that shown in Figures 2D-2F, but with conductive elements 70G and 75G separated by a distance of about 150 nm. Here, conductive element 75G overlaps nanotube element 65G by approximately 90.5 nm. the

图2G所示的实施方式与图2D-2G所示的实施方式相似,除了导电元件70H和75H由约150nm的距离分开。在此,导电元件75G与纳米管元件65H重叠约104nm。在该附图中,可以看到导电元件75H在元件75H与纳米管元件65H重叠的区域80H中具有相当粗糙化的纹理。该纹理与导电元件70H的与纳米管元件65H的较大部分重叠的区域可以比拟,但是区域80H受限于104nm。图2I所示的实施方式具有与图2H相似的结构,但是导电元件75I在区域80I中与纳米管元件65I重叠约136nm。在此,可以再次看到导电元件75I在区域80I中具有与元件未与纳米管元件65I交叠的剩余部分相比显著粗糙化纹理。该粗糙化纹理是元件材料75I下方的纳米管造成的。 The embodiment shown in Figure 2G is similar to the embodiment shown in Figures 2D-2G, except that conductive elements 70H and 75H are separated by a distance of about 150 nm. Here, conductive element 75G overlaps nanotube element 65H by approximately 104 nm. In this figure, conductive element 75H can be seen to have a rather roughened texture in the region 80H where element 75H overlaps nanotube element 65H. This texture is comparable to the region of conductive element 70H that overlaps a larger portion of nanotube element 65H, but region 80H is limited to 104 nm. The embodiment shown in Figure 2I has a similar structure to Figure 2H, but conductive element 75I overlaps nanotube element 65I by about 136 nm in region 80I. Here again, conductive element 75I can be seen to have a significantly roughened texture in region 80I compared to the remainder of the element that does not overlap nanotube element 65I. The roughened texture is due to the nanotubes underlying the element material 75I. the

图2D-2I所示的所有实施方式是功能开关,其中通过将纳米管元件和导电元 件安排成诸如受控重叠长度的指定几何关系来实现热管理。在某些实施方式中,发现受控的重叠长度影响制成的工作开关的成品率,例如一特定实施方式中正确发挥作用的制成开关的百分比。例如,发现与具有小于50nm的重叠长度的实施方式的制成开关相比,具有大于100nm的重叠长度的实施方式的能正确发挥作用的制成开关要少约10-20%。以下详细描述测试2-NTS的方法。 All of the embodiments shown in Figures 2D-2I are functional switches in which thermal management is achieved by arranging the nanotube elements and conductive elements in a specified geometric relationship, such as a controlled overlap length. In certain embodiments, the controlled overlap length has been found to affect the yield of operational switches produced, eg, the percentage of completed switches that function correctly in a particular embodiment. For example, about 10-20% fewer fabricated switches were found to function correctly for embodiments with overlap lengths greater than 100 nm than for embodiments with overlap lengths less than 50 nm. The method for testing 2-NTS is described in detail below. the

在此列出的电压、电流和电阻旨在作为特定实施方式的适当值的示例;对于一个或多个其它实施方式,适当值可以不同。 The voltages, currents and resistances listed here are intended as examples of suitable values for a particular implementation; suitable values may be different for one or more other implementations. the

在特定应用中,期望以与图1A-1B或2D-2I所示的实施方式不同的几何结构来使纳米管元件与导电元件重叠,以便于对开关进行热工程设计。例如,期望将纳米管元件定位在接触元件的上、下、甚至垂直侧。一般而言,可以使用提供足以在器件中实现所述开关行为的指定几何结构的任何配置。具体而言,导电元件应被安排成向纳米管元件提供足够的电刺激,同时开关整体具有足够的热管理以实现断开开关路径上的纳米管元件中纳米管与导体之间的接触的过加热。 In certain applications, it may be desirable to overlap the nanotube element with the conductive element in a different geometry than the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1A-1B or 2D-2I to facilitate thermal engineering of the switch. For example, it may be desirable to position the nanotube elements on the upper, lower, or even vertical sides of the contact elements. In general, any configuration that provides a given geometry sufficient to achieve the switching behavior in the device may be used. Specifically, the conductive elements should be arranged to provide sufficient electrical stimulation to the nanotube elements, while the switch as a whole has sufficient thermal management to achieve a process of breaking contact between nanotubes and conductors in the nanotube elements on the path of the switch. heating. the

应该理解,本文所述的实施方式的剩余部分包括与导电元件接触的刺激电路,例如图1A和1B的刺激电路100,虽然它未被示出。还应该理解,虽然所示实施方式中的多个示出双端纳米管开关,其中通过限制纳米管元件和例如端子的导电元件之间的重叠来实现热管理,但是可以使用其它热管理方法。例如,在某些实施方式中,纳米管元件可与一个或两个导电元件部分或全部重叠,并且开关中的材料可被选择成确保纳米管元件至少一部分中的充分热累积。 It should be understood that the remainder of the embodiments described herein include a stimulation circuit in contact with a conductive element, such as stimulation circuit 100 of FIGS. 1A and 1B , although it is not shown. It should also be understood that while many of the illustrated embodiments show two-terminal nanotube switches in which thermal management is achieved by limiting overlap between nanotube elements and conductive elements such as terminals, other thermal management methods may be used. For example, in certain embodiments, a nanotube element may partially or fully overlap one or both conductive elements, and the materials in the switch may be selected to ensure sufficient heat build-up in at least a portion of the nanotube element. the

图3A示出开关900A,它是图1B所示2-TNS10’的变型并且通过使用较佳方法来制作。在本实施方式中,导电元件905与纳米管元件920的顶部和侧面重叠,形成近欧姆性接触,并且填充绝缘体915中的通孔910。这将纳米管元件920连接到绝缘体915下的电极(未示出)。导电元件970与在受控重叠长度901上与纳米管元件920的顶部和侧面重叠。 Figure 3A shows a switch 900A which is a variation of the 2-TNS10' shown in Figure 1B and is fabricated using preferred methods. In this embodiment, the conductive element 905 overlaps the top and sides of the nanotube element 920 , forming a near-ohmic contact, and filling the via 910 in the insulator 915 . This connects the nanotube element 920 to an electrode (not shown) under the insulator 915 . The conductive element 970 overlaps the top and sides of the nanotube element 920 over a controlled overlap length 901 . the

图3B示出开关900B,它是图1B所示的2-TNS10’的另一个变型,并使用较佳方法制作。在本实施方式中,导电元件935与纳米管元件945的底部重叠,形成近欧姆性接触,并填充绝缘体915中的通孔940。这将纳米管元件945连接于绝缘体915下的电极(未示出)。导电元件975在受控重叠长度上与纳米管元件920的顶部和侧面重叠。 Figure 3B shows switch 900B, which is another variation of the 2-TNS 10' shown in Figure 1B, and fabricated using preferred methods. In this embodiment, conductive element 935 overlaps the bottom of nanotube element 945 , forms a near-ohmic contact, and fills via 940 in insulator 915 . This connects nanotube element 945 to an electrode (not shown) under insulator 915 . Conductive element 975 overlaps the top and sides of nanotube element 920 over a controlled overlap length. the

图3C示出开关900C,它是图1B的2-TNS10’的另一个变型,并使用较佳方法制作。在本实施方式中,上导电元件950和下导电元件955彼此接触,并且与纳 米管元件965的上表面、下表面和侧表面重叠,形成近欧姆性接触。下接触元件955填充绝缘体915中的通孔960。这将纳米管元件965连接于绝缘体915下的电极(未示出)。导电元件980在受控重叠长度907上与纳米管元件965的顶部和侧面重叠。 FIG. 3C shows switch 900C, which is another variation of 2-TNS 10' of FIG. 1B and is fabricated using preferred methods. In this embodiment, the upper conductive element 950 and the lower conductive element 955 are in contact with each other and overlap the upper surface, the lower surface and the side surface of the nanotube element 965, forming a near-ohmic contact. Lower contact element 955 fills via hole 960 in insulator 915 . This connects nanotube element 965 to an electrode (not shown) under insulator 915 . Conductive element 980 overlaps the top and sides of nanotube element 965 over controlled overlap length 907 . the

上、下导电元件950和955被示为延伸超出纳米管元件965的一端。上、下导电元件950和955彼此接触,并且在纳米管元件965的一区域中与纳米管元件965近欧姆性接触,因为纳米管元件965是多孔的,通常为90%以上的多孔。上、下导电元件950和955填充纳米管元件965中至少一些孔。因此,在替换实施方式中,上、下导电元件950和955无需延伸超过纳米管元件965一端以便于与纳米管元件965接触并彼此接触。 Upper and lower conductive elements 950 and 955 are shown extending beyond one end of nanotube element 965 . Upper and lower conductive elements 950 and 955 are in contact with each other and in near-ohmic contact with nanotube element 965 in a region of nanotube element 965 because nanotube element 965 is porous, typically more than 90% porous. Upper and lower conductive elements 950 and 955 fill at least some of the holes in nanotube element 965 . Thus, in alternative embodiments, upper and lower conductive elements 950 and 955 need not extend beyond one end of nanotube element 965 in order to contact nanotube element 965 and each other. the

图3D示出开关900D,它是图1B的2-TNS 10’的另一个变型,并使用较佳方法制作。在本实施方式中,上导电元件950和下导电元件955彼此接触,并且与纳米管元件965的上表面、下表面和侧表面重叠,形成近欧姆性接触。下接触元件955填充绝缘体915中的通孔960。这将纳米管元件965连接于绝缘体915下的电极(未示出)。上导电元件980和下导电元件985彼此接触,并在受控重叠长度907上与纳米管元件965的上表面、下表面和侧表面重叠。 FIG. 3D shows a switch 900D which is another variation of the 2-TNS 10' of FIG. 1B and made using preferred methods. In this embodiment, the upper conductive element 950 and the lower conductive element 955 are in contact with each other and overlap the upper surface, the lower surface and the side surface of the nanotube element 965 to form a near-ohmic contact. Lower contact element 955 fills via hole 960 in insulator 915 . This connects nanotube element 965 to an electrode (not shown) under insulator 915 . Upper conductive element 980 and lower conductive element 985 contact each other and overlap the upper, lower, and side surfaces of nanotube element 965 over controlled overlap length 907 . the

图3E示出开关900E,它是图1A的2-TNS 10的另一个变型并且通过使用较佳方法制作。在本实施方式中,上导电元件950和下导电元件955彼此接触,并且与纳米管元件965的上表面、下表面和侧表面重叠,形成近欧姆性接触。元件950和955中的材料填充纳米管元件965中孔的至少一些。下接触元件955填充绝缘体915中的通孔960。这将纳米管元件965连接于绝缘体915下的电极(未示出)。上导电元件951和下导电元件956彼此接触,并在受控重叠长度907上与纳米管元件965的上、下表面重叠。元件951和956中的材料填充纳米管元件965中的至少一些孔。在本实施方式中,热管理不是通过纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度来实现的,而是通过本文所述的一个或多个其它热管理技术来实现的。 FIG. 3E shows a switch 900E, which is another variation of the 2-TNS 10 of FIG. 1A and fabricated using preferred methods. In this embodiment, the upper conductive element 950 and the lower conductive element 955 are in contact with each other and overlap the upper surface, the lower surface and the side surface of the nanotube element 965 to form a near-ohmic contact. The material in elements 950 and 955 fills at least some of the pores in nanotube element 965 . Lower contact element 955 fills via hole 960 in insulator 915 . This connects nanotube element 965 to an electrode (not shown) under insulator 915 . The upper conductive element 951 and the lower conductive element 956 contact each other and overlap the upper and lower surfaces of the nanotube element 965 over a controlled overlap length 907 . Material in elements 951 and 956 fills at least some of the pores in nanotube element 965 . In this embodiment, thermal management is achieved not by a controlled overlap length between the nanotube element and the conductive element, but by one or more of the other thermal management techniques described herein. the

图4示出非易失性双端纳米管开关(2-TNS)2500的另一实施方式的横截面图。在本实施方式中,导电元件2515和2520被直接沉积到绝缘体2530的表面上并被图形化。绝缘体2522填充图形化的导电元件2515和2520之间的区域,并被平坦化。将纳米管元件2525共形地沉积在导电元件2515和2520上,与导体2515和2520的上表面的至少一部分以及绝缘体2522的上表面重叠,所有这些都由衬底2535支承。在一端,纳米管元件2525与导电元件2515的上表面重叠,形成近欧 姆性接触。在相反一端,纳米管元件2525在受控重叠长度2540上与接触元件2520的上表面接触。 FIG. 4 shows a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a nonvolatile two-terminal nanotube switch (2-TNS) 2500 . In this embodiment, conductive elements 2515 and 2520 are deposited directly onto the surface of insulator 2530 and patterned. Insulator 2522 fills the area between patterned conductive elements 2515 and 2520 and is planarized. Nanotube elements 2525 are conformally deposited on conductive elements 2515 and 2520 , overlapping at least a portion of the upper surfaces of conductors 2515 and 2520 and the upper surface of insulator 2522 , all of which are supported by substrate 2535 . At one end, nanotube element 2525 overlaps the upper surface of conductive element 2515, forming a near-ohmic contact. At the opposite end, nanotube element 2525 is in contact with the upper surface of contact element 2520 over a controlled overlap length 2540 . the

图5示出非易失性2-端子纳米管开关(2-TNS)2200的另一实施方式的横截面图。在本实施方式中,导电元件2215和2220都被直接沉积在绝缘体2230表面上,并被图形化。导电元件2220具有厚度T1,它在例如5-500nm的范围内。纳米管元件2225被共形地沉积在导电元件2215和2220上,与这些元件的上表面和侧表面以及绝缘体2230的上表面接触,该绝缘体由衬底2235支承。然后,通过使用以下更详细描述的常规光刻技术来对纳米管元件2225进行图形化,使得它与导电元件2215的整个上壁和侧壁重叠,形成近欧姆性接触。纳米管元件2225在侧壁接合处区域2240与导电元件2220重叠,提供长约T1的受控重叠。纳米管元件2225还可以受控重叠长度2245与导电元件2220顶部重叠,该长度可如以下更详细描述的光刻地限定。总的受控重叠长度2250大致由侧壁接触区域2240的长度T1和重叠长度2245之和来定义。 FIG. 5 shows a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a nonvolatile 2-terminal nanotube switch (2-TNS) 2200 . In this embodiment, both conductive elements 2215 and 2220 are deposited directly on the surface of insulator 2230 and patterned. Conductive element 2220 has a thickness T1, which is in the range of, for example, 5-500 nm. Nanotube element 2225 is conformally deposited on conductive elements 2215 and 2220 in contact with the upper and side surfaces of these elements and the upper surface of insulator 2230 , which is supported by substrate 2235 . Nanotube element 2225 is then patterned such that it overlaps the entire top and side walls of conductive element 2215, forming a near-ohmic contact, using conventional photolithographic techniques as described in more detail below. Nanotube element 2225 overlaps conductive element 2220 at sidewall junction region 2240, providing a controlled overlap of about T1. Nanotube elements 2225 may also overlap the top of conductive elements 2220 by a controlled overlap length 2245, which length may be photolithographically defined as described in more detail below. The total controlled overlap length 2250 is generally defined by the sum of the length T1 of the sidewall contact region 2240 and the overlap length 2245 . the

图6示出本发明一实施方式的横截面图。图6所示的结构与图2C所示的显微照片中的结构相似,并且具有相同的元件:分别是如图6所示的硅衬底63C、绝缘体62C、纳米结构物元件65、第一和第二导电元件70C和75C、重叠区域80D,但是图2C中没有钝化层64。绝缘体62C设置在硅衬底63C上方并在纳米管元件65下方。第一和第二导电元件70C和75C分别部分地位于绝缘体层62C和纳米管元件65的之上。第一导电元件70C在重叠区域80C中与纳米管元件65重叠,并且钝化层64设置在导电元件70C和75C以及纳米管元件65之上。 Figure 6 shows a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the invention. The structure shown in FIG. 6 is similar to the structure in the photomicrograph shown in FIG. 2C, and has the same elements: silicon substrate 63C, insulator 62C, nanostructure element 65, first and second conductive elements 70C and 75C, overlapping region 80D, but without passivation layer 64 in FIG. 2C. Insulator 62C is disposed over silicon substrate 63C and under nanotube elements 65 . First and second conductive elements 70C and 75C are partially overlying insulator layer 62C and nanotube elements 65 , respectively. First conductive element 70C overlaps nanotube element 65 in overlapping region 80C, and passivation layer 64 is disposed over conductive elements 70C and 75C and nanotube element 65 . the

可使用如图1A-1B以及2A-2I所示的材料和方法来制作所述实施方式。以下更详细地描述制作双端纳米管开关元件和包含该开关的器件的进一步细节。以下还描述若干附加实施方式及其制作方法。 The embodiments can be fabricated using the materials and methods shown in Figures 1A-1B and 2A-2I. Further details of fabricating the two-terminal nanotube switching element and devices incorporating the switch are described in more detail below. Several additional embodiments and methods of making them are also described below. the

本文所述的实施方式中的多个示出双端纳米管开关,其中热管理通过将纳米管元件与导电元件重叠受控重叠长度来实现。然而,除此以外或作为替代,应该理解本文所述的实施方式还可通过其它技术进行热管理。本文所述的实施方式具有共同的纳米管制品特征,该纳米管制品具有排列成与两个端子中每个的至少一部分重叠的至少一个纳米管。可对某些较佳实施方式进行热和/或电管理或工程设计以增强开关的一个或多个特性。例如,在某些实施方式中,纳米管与一个端子重叠,形成近欧姆性接触,并与另一端子重叠受控重叠长度。在某些实施方式中,可对开关中的一种或多种材料进行选择,诸如纳米管、导电元件、绝缘体层和/或其中在许 多较佳实施方式中可包括共聚物或混合层的钝化层,以增强纳米管元件中的热累积。 Many of the embodiments described herein show a two-terminal nanotube switch in which thermal management is achieved by overlapping a nanotube element with a conductive element by a controlled overlap length. However, it should be understood that the embodiments described herein may also be thermally managed by other techniques in addition or in the alternative. Embodiments described herein share the common feature of nanotube articles having at least one nanotube arranged to overlap at least a portion of each of the two terminals. Certain preferred embodiments may be thermally and/or electrically managed or engineered to enhance one or more characteristics of the switch. For example, in certain embodiments, a nanotube overlaps one terminal, forms a near-ohmic contact, and overlaps the other terminal by a controlled overlap length. In certain embodiments, one or more materials in the switch may be selected, such as nanotubes, conductive elements, insulator layers, and/or layers, which in many preferred embodiments may include copolymers or hybrid layers. Passivation layer to enhance heat build-up in nanotube elements. the

与双端纳米管开关实施方式的端子中至少一个电连通的刺激电路可用于将开关从相对较高电阻的“擦除”或“打开”状态变成相对较低电阻的“编程”或“闭合”状态。该电路还可用于测量两个端子之间的电阻,并在非破坏性读出(NDRO)操作中确定开关状态。 A stimulus circuit in electrical communication with at least one of the terminals of a two-terminal nanotube switch embodiment may be used to change the switch from a relatively high resistance "erased" or "open" state to a relatively low resistance "programmed" or "closed" state. "state. The circuit can also be used to measure the resistance between two terminals and determine the switch state in a nondestructive readout (NDRO) operation. the

制作具有受控重叠区域的2-端子纳米管开关Fabrication of 2-terminal nanotube switches with controlled overlapping regions

在双端纳米管开关的实施方式中,其中热管理通过以诸如受控重叠长度的指定几何关系来安排纳米管元件和导电元件来实现,对该关系的准确控制可增强开关的性能。非易失性2-端子纳米管开关(2-NTS)的某些特性可以是受控重叠长度的的函数,例如图1B所示的开关10’的区域40’。将描述用于制作指定几何结构的受控重叠长度的若干方法。也将描述若干附加实施方式及其制作方法。在某些实施方式中,受控重叠长度是导电元件的尺寸,例如导电元件的宽度或厚度。一般而言,可使用本文所述的技术来制作1-150nm、较佳的15-50nm之间的重叠长度。 In embodiments of a two-terminal nanotube switch, where thermal management is achieved by arranging the nanotube element and the conductive element in a specified geometric relationship, such as a controlled overlap length, precise control of this relationship can enhance the performance of the switch. Certain properties of a non-volatile 2-terminal nanotube switch (2-NTS) can be a function of a controlled overlap length, such as region 40' of switch 10' shown in Figure IB. Several methods for making controlled overlap lengths for specified geometries will be described. Several additional embodiments and methods of making them will also be described. In certain embodiments, the controlled overlap length is a dimension of the conductive element, such as the width or thickness of the conductive element. In general, overlap lengths between 1-150 nm, preferably 15-50 nm, can be fabricated using the techniques described herein. the

为了在纳米管元件与导电元件之间制作受控重叠长度,某些方法使用具有水平取向的纳米管元件以及良好控制的蚀刻密度和温度下的定时蚀刻的较佳制作方法。该方法使纳米管元件将与导电元件接触的受控长度暴露。该长度对应于图1B中的受控重叠长度40’,虽然特定实施方式或多个实施方式可在纳米管元件与导电元件之间具有与图1B所示不同的几何关系。 To fabricate controlled overlap lengths between nanotube elements and conductive elements, some methods use a preferred fabrication method with horizontally oriented nanotube elements and timed etching at well-controlled etch density and temperature. The method exposes a controlled length of the nanotube element to be in contact with the conductive element. This length corresponds to the controlled overlap length 40' in Figure IB, although a particular embodiment or embodiments may have a different geometric relationship between the nanotube element and the conductive element than that shown in Figure IB. the

其它方法使用具有水平取向的纳米管元件以及良好受控膜厚的侧壁隔片的较佳制作方法,其中在定义纳米管元件以暴露该元件的将与导电元件重叠的受控长度之后将该隔片移除。该长度对应于图1B的受控重叠长度40’,虽然特定实施方式或多个实施方式可在纳米管元件与导电元件之间具有与图1B所示不同的几何关系。 Other methods use a preferred fabrication method with horizontally oriented nanotube elements and sidewall spacers of well-controlled film thickness, where the nanotube element is defined after a controlled length of exposure of the element that will overlap the conductive element. Spacer removed. This length corresponds to the controlled overlap length 40' of Figure IB, although a particular embodiment or embodiments may have a different geometric relationship between the nanotube element and the conductive element than that shown in Figure IB. the

其它方法使用基于光刻的较佳制作方法,其中纳米管元件顺应一个或多个导电元件的水平特征以及在某些情形中还顺应其垂直特征。在纳米管元件顺应水平特征的情形中,元件被设置并光刻图形化成与一个导电元件重叠受控重叠长度。该长度对应于图1B的受控重叠长度40’,虽然在本实施方式中,纳米管元件与导电元件可具有不同的几何关系。在纳米管元件还顺应导电元件的垂直特征的情形中,纳米管元件可在由该特征的厚度限定的长度上与导电元件的垂直特征接触,并且可在 光刻限定的长度上与水平特征接触。垂直和水平长度一起限定了对应于图1B中长度40’的受控重叠长度,虽然特定实施方式或多个实施方式可在纳米管元件与导电元件之间具有与图1B所示不同的几何关系。 Other methods use photolithography-based preferred fabrication methods in which nanotube elements conform to the horizontal and, in some cases, vertical features of one or more conductive elements. In the case of nanotube elements conforming to horizontal features, the elements are positioned and photolithographically patterned to overlap one conductive element by a controlled overlap length. This length corresponds to the controlled overlap length 40' of Figure IB, although in this embodiment the nanotube elements and conductive elements may have a different geometric relationship. Where the nanotube element also conforms to the vertical feature of the conductive element, the nanotube element can contact the vertical feature of the conductive element over a length defined by the thickness of the feature, and can contact the horizontal feature over a photolithographically defined length . Together, the vertical and horizontal lengths define a controlled overlap length corresponding to length 40' in FIG. 1B , although a particular embodiment or embodiments may have a different geometric relationship between the nanotube element and the conductive element than that shown in FIG. 1B . the

图7示出制作2-TNS以及基于2-TNS的器件的一般过程。图7是制作本发明较佳实施方式的基本方法800的高层次流程图。2-TNS可以通过首先设置初始结构(步骤802)来制作,以后纳米管元件和有可能的导电元件将在该初始结构上形成。在简单实施方式中,初始结构是随后可在其上形成2-TNS的所有元件的衬底。在某些实施方式中,初始结构是以器件级定义的部分制作、平坦化的半导体结构,它具有在晶体管端子与所得部分制作的半导体结构的平坦化表面之间提供导电路径的金属填充通孔(接线柱)。在某些实施方式中,初始结构包括两个导电元件。在某些实施方式中,初始结构甚至包括并未形成纳米管元件的纳米结构物。一般而言,还未具有所定义的纳米管元件的结构可被视为初始结构。“初始结构”并非旨在作为限制术语而是作为2-TNS制作的参考点。 Figure 7 shows the general process for fabricating 2-TNS and 2-TNS based devices. Figure 7 is a high level flowchart of the basic method 800 of making the preferred embodiment of the present invention. 2-TNS can be fabricated by first placing an initial structure (step 802 ) on which nanotube elements and possibly conductive elements will be formed later. In a simple embodiment, the initial structure is the substrate on which all elements of the 2-TNS can subsequently be formed. In certain embodiments, the initial structure is a partially fabricated, planarized semiconductor structure defined at the device level, having metal-filled vias providing a conductive path between transistor terminals and the planarized surface of the resulting partially fabricated semiconductor structure (terminal). In certain embodiments, the initial structure includes two conductive elements. In some embodiments, the initial structure even includes nanostructures that do not form nanotube elements. In general, structures that do not yet have defined nanotube elements can be considered initial structures. "Initial structure" is not intended as a limiting term but as a reference point for 2-TNS fabrication. the

2-TNS可通过之后设置中间结构(步骤804)来制作。在某些实施方式中,中间结构表征为在初始结构(步骤802中提供)的表面上具有所定义的纳米管元件。如下进一步描述的,在某些实施方式中,中间结构具有与一个导电元件重叠并近欧姆性接触的纳米管元件。在某些实施方式中,中间结构具有与导电元件重叠受控重叠长度的纳米管元件。例如,该长度可以在1-150nm的范围内。“中间结构”并非旨在作为限制术语而是作为2-TNS制作的参考点。 2-TNS can be fabricated by placing intermediate structures afterwards (step 804). In certain embodiments, the intermediate structure is characterized as having defined nanotube elements on the surface of the initial structure (provided in step 802). As described further below, in certain embodiments, the intermediate structure has a nanotube element that overlaps and makes near-ohmic contact with a conductive element. In certain embodiments, the intermediate structure has nanotube elements that overlap the conductive elements by a controlled overlap length. For example, the length may be in the range of 1-150 nm. "Intermediate structure" is not intended as a limiting term but as a reference point for 2-TNS fabrication. the

2-TNS可通过最后设置最终结构(步骤806)来制作。在某些实施方式中,最终结构是完成制作的2-TNS。该2-TNS可用于如以下进一步描述的配线的非易失性随机存取存储器阵列中。最终结构的某些实施方式可包括存储器阵列等距(on-pitch)电路、外围和其它电路配线、芯片钝化、输入和输出垫(pad);这些特征及其制作并未示出,因为它们使用了公知的工业制作方法。“最终结构”并非旨在作为限制术语而是作为2-TNS的制作的参考点。 2-TNS can be fabricated by finally setting the final structure (step 806). In certain embodiments, the final structure is as-fabricated 2-TNS. The 2-TNS can be used in wired non-volatile random access memory arrays as described further below. Certain embodiments of the final structure may include memory array on-pitch circuitry, peripheral and other circuit wiring, chip passivation, input and output pads; these features and their fabrication are not shown because They use known industrial production methods. "Final structure" is not intended as a limiting term but as a reference point for the fabrication of 2-TNS. the

使用受控蚀刻制作2-TNS的方法 Method for Fabricating 2-TNS Using Controlled Etching

可使用如图8A-8F所示的定时蚀刻方法来制作图3B所示的实施方式。参照图8A,较佳的方法在底层结构(未示出)上沉积一层绝缘体1000。通孔1010中的导电元件1005在纳米结构物1015与绝缘体1000下方的导体(未示出)之间形成导电路径。绝缘体1000和导电元件1005分别对应于图3B中的绝缘体915和导电元 件935。绝缘体1000可以是SixNy、Al2O3或其它合适的绝缘材料,例如具有在5-200nm范围内的厚度,使用公知的产业技术沉积在平坦表面(未示出)上。然后,较佳的方法如图8A所示地沉积并图形化绝缘体1020,例如5-50nm厚的SiO2。使用公知的产业技术来图形化绝缘体1020。所得到的组件可被视为初始结构。 The embodiment shown in Figure 3B can be fabricated using the timed etch approach shown in Figures 8A-8F. Referring to Figure 8A, the preferred method deposits a layer of insulator 1000 on an underlying structure (not shown). The conductive elements 1005 in the vias 1010 form a conductive path between the nanofabric 1015 and a conductor (not shown) beneath the insulator 1000 . Insulator 1000 and conductive element 1005 correspond to insulator 915 and conductive element 935 in Figure 3B, respectively. The insulator 1000 may be Six Ny, Al 2 O 3 or other suitable insulating material, for example with a thickness in the range of 5-200 nm, deposited on a flat surface (not shown) using well known industry techniques. Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern an insulator 1020, such as 5-50 nm thick SiO2, as shown in FIG. 8A. Insulator 1020 is patterned using well known industry techniques. The resulting assembly can be considered as the initial structure.

然后,较佳的方法使用绝缘体1020作为掩模来形成并图形化纳米结构物1015,从而形成如图8B所示的纳米管元件1025。形成并图形化纳米结构物的以形成纳米管元件的方法在所结合的专利文献中有描述。然后,如图8C所示,较佳的方法选择性地对绝缘体1020进行受控的各向同性蚀刻。绝缘体1020的横向和垂直尺寸通过该受控蚀刻得以减小,从而移除绝缘体区域1030。这取决于蚀刻的特征,例如将绝缘体1020的尺寸在所有方向上减小1-150nm。这使纳米管元件1025在区域1050中露出例如在1-150nm范围内的受控长度1035,该长度对应于绝缘体1040的减小尺寸,如图8D所示。 Next, preferred methods use insulator 1020 as a mask to form and pattern nanostructures 1015, thereby forming nanotube elements 1025 as shown in FIG. 8B. Methods of forming and patterning nanostructures to form nanotube elements are described in the incorporated patent documents. The preferred method then selectively performs a controlled isotropic etch of the insulator 1020, as shown in FIG. 8C. The lateral and vertical dimensions of the insulator 1020 are reduced by this controlled etch, thereby removing the insulator region 1030 . This depends on the characteristics of the etch, for example reducing the size of the insulator 1020 by 1-150 nm in all directions. This exposes the nanotube element 1025 in the region 1050 for a controlled length 1035, for example in the range of 1-150 nm, which corresponds to the reduced size of the insulator 1040, as shown in Figure 8D. the

然后,较佳方法沉积如图8E所示的导体1045,使导体1045与纳米管元件1025的暴露区域1050接触。导体1045可具有在5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。 Next, preferred methods deposit conductor 1045 as shown in FIG. 8E such that conductor 1045 contacts exposed region 1050 of nanotube element 1025 . Conductor 1045 may have a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm, and may be made of metals such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and others. Suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And TiSi x conductive nitride, oxide or silicide. Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used.

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来图形化导体1045以提供如图8F所示的导电元件1055。导电元件1055与纳米管元件1025在暴露区域1050重叠。如图8F所示的受控重叠长度1035在例如1-150nm的范围内,并且对应于如图1所示的受控重叠长度40,尽管在本实施方式中纳米管元件1025和导电元件1055具有不同的几何关系。图8F所示的结构可被视为最终结构。该结构可被包括在以下更详细描述的其它器件中。 Next, preferred methods pattern the conductor 1045 using well-known industry techniques to provide the conductive element 1055 as shown in FIG. 8F. Conductive element 1055 overlaps nanotube element 1025 at exposed region 1050 . The controlled overlap length 1035 shown in FIG. 8F is in the range of, for example, 1-150 nm, and corresponds to the controlled overlap length 40 shown in FIG. different geometric relationships. The structure shown in Figure 8F can be considered as the final structure. This structure may be included in other devices described in more detail below. the

可以使用如图9A-9C所示的定向蚀刻方法来采取实现如图8D所示的中间结构的不同手段。图9A示出如图8A所示的初始结构,它通过使用公知产业技术包括纳米结构物1115并且还包括诸如硅的共形牺牲层1122。层1122的厚度是良好控制的,并且可例如在1-150nm范围内。使用厚度控制的较佳方法是因为在后续步骤中,共形牺牲层1122的膜厚将确定纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度。图9A的组件可被视为初始结构。 Different approaches to achieving the intermediate structure shown in FIG. 8D can be taken using the directional etching method shown in FIGS. 9A-9C. Figure 9A shows the initial structure as shown in Figure 8A, which includes nanofabrics 1115 and also includes a conformal sacrificial layer 1122, such as silicon, using well-known industry techniques. The thickness of layer 1122 is well controlled and may be, for example, in the range of 1-150 nm. It is preferable to use thickness control because the film thickness of the conformal sacrificial layer 1122 will determine the controlled overlap length between the nanotube elements and the conductive elements in subsequent steps. The components of Figure 9A can be considered an initial structure. the

然后,较佳方法使用诸如RIE的公知产业技术来定向蚀刻共形牺牲层1122,留下侧壁区域1130,如图9B所示。然后,较佳方法使用绝缘体1120和侧壁隔片1130一起作为掩模来图形化纳米结构物1115。这形成如图9B所示的纳米管元件1125。沉积并图形化纳米结构物以形成纳米管元件的方法在所结合的专利文献中有描述。 Preferred methods then directionally etch the conformal sacrificial layer 1122 using well-known industry techniques such as RIE, leaving sidewall regions 1130, as shown in FIG. 9B. The preferred method then uses the insulator 1120 and the sidewall spacers 1130 together as a mask to pattern the nanofabric 1115. This forms nanotube element 1125 as shown in Figure 9B. Methods of depositing and patterning nanostructures to form nanotube elements are described in the incorporated patent documents. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来蚀刻(移除)剩余的侧壁隔片1130,在区域1150中露出纳米管元件1125,如图9C所示。在工艺的此时,如图9C所示的中间结构对应于如图8D所示的中间结构。绝缘体1000和1100、导电元件1005和1105、纳米管元件1025和1125、绝缘体1040和1120以及受控重叠长度1035和1135分别彼此对应。该方法如相对于图8E和8F所述地继续,以形成如图8F所示的非易失性2-端子纳米管开关(2-TNS)1070。 Next, preferred methods etch (remove) the remaining sidewall spacers 1130 using known industry techniques, exposing the nanotube elements 1125 in regions 1150, as shown in FIG. 9C. At this point in the process, the intermediate structure shown in Figure 9C corresponds to the intermediate structure shown in Figure 8D. Insulators 1000 and 1100, conductive elements 1005 and 1105, nanotube elements 1025 and 1125, insulators 1040 and 1120, and controlled overlap lengths 1035 and 1135 correspond to each other, respectively. The method continues as described with respect to FIGS. 8E and 8F to form a non-volatile 2-terminal nanotube switch (2-TNS) 1070 as shown in FIG. 8F . the

图10A-10I示出使用定时蚀刻工艺来在纳米管元件与导电元件之间形成受控重叠区域来制造它的另一实施方式和方法。初始结构1600如图10A所示地创建或提供,它包括可以是硅或任何适当材料(或材料组合)的衬底1602。沉积在衬底1602上的绝缘体1604可从氮化硅或任何适当材料制得。将金属塞1608设置在衬底1602和绝缘体1604的一部分中,使得其上表面与绝缘体1604近似齐平。将纳米结构物1610施加到结构1600,形成中间结构1612,如图10B所示。施加纳米结构物1610的方法在所结合的专利文献中有描述,并且以下出于简洁目的不再赘述。 10A-10I illustrate another embodiment and method of fabricating nanotube elements and conductive elements using a timed etch process to form controlled overlapping regions between them. An initial structure 1600 is created or provided as shown in Figure 10A, which includes a substrate 1602 which may be silicon or any suitable material (or combination of materials). Insulator 1604 deposited on substrate 1602 may be fabricated from silicon nitride or any suitable material. Metal plug 1608 is disposed in substrate 1602 and a portion of insulator 1604 such that its upper surface is approximately flush with insulator 1604 . Nanofabric 1610 is applied to structure 1600 to form intermediate structure 1612, as shown in Figure 10B. Methods of applying nanostructures 1610 are described in the incorporated patent documents and will not be repeated below for the sake of brevity. the

将氧化物层1614施加到图10B的中间结构1612,形成图10C中的中间结构1616。将光刻胶涂层(resist coat)1618施加到中间结构1616并图形化,留下如图10D所示的中间结构1620。在结构1620中,纳米结构物1610的区域1619被暴露。然后,对中间结构1620实施干蚀刻工艺以移除暴露的纳米结构物区域1619,形成纳米管元件1650。然后,移除剩余的光刻胶,形成如图10E所示的中间结构1622。对中间结构1622实施湿蚀刻工艺以移除氧化物层1614的一部分(如图10E中虚线所示),留下剩余的氧化物1624和暴露的纳米管元件区域1626。区域1626具有例如1-150nm的长度。图10F示出中间结构1628。 Oxide layer 1614 is applied to intermediate structure 1612 of FIG. 10B, forming intermediate structure 1616 in FIG. 10C. A resist coat 1618 is applied to intermediate structure 1616 and patterned, leaving intermediate structure 1620 as shown in Figure 10D. In structure 1620, region 1619 of nanofabric 1610 is exposed. A dry etch process is then performed on intermediate structure 1620 to remove exposed nanofabric region 1619 to form nanotube element 1650 . Then, the remaining photoresist is removed to form an intermediate structure 1622 as shown in FIG. 10E . A wet etch process is performed on intermediate structure 1622 to remove a portion of oxide layer 1614 (shown in dashed lines in FIG. 10E ), leaving remaining oxide 1624 and exposed nanotube element regions 1626 . Region 1626 has a length of, for example, 1-150 nm. FIG. 10F shows intermediate structure 1628 . the

如图10G所示,在中间结构1628上沉积导电材料1630。将光刻胶1632沉积在导电材料1630上并图形化以在所暴露的纳米管元件区域1626上方留下光刻胶1632的区域,由此形成中间结构1634。对导电材料1630和光刻胶1632实施适当的蚀刻工艺,留下剩余的导电元件1636。导电元件1636在区域1638与纳米管元 件1650重叠,以形成中间结构1640,如图10H所示。 As shown in FIG. 10G , conductive material 1630 is deposited on intermediate structure 1628 . Photoresist 1632 is deposited over conductive material 1630 and patterned to leave regions of photoresist 1632 over exposed nanotube element regions 1626 , thereby forming intermediate structure 1634 . A suitable etch process is performed on conductive material 1630 and photoresist 1632 leaving remaining conductive elements 1636 . Conductive element 1636 overlaps nanotube element 1650 at region 1638 to form intermediate structure 1640, as shown in Figure 10H. the

将在某些实施方式中可由共聚物或其它材料混合物构成的层1642施加到可以是金属间电介质(intermetal dielectric)的中间结构1640,形成如图10G所示的最终结构1644。注意,绝缘层1604可用作钝化层预密封(preseal)。 A layer 1642, which in some embodiments may be composed of a copolymer or other material mixture, is applied to an intermediate structure 1640, which may be an intermetal dielectric, resulting in a final structure 1644 as shown in FIG. 10G. Note that the insulating layer 1604 may serve as a passivation layer preseal. the

使用光刻来制作2-TNS的方法 Method for fabricating 2-TNS using photolithography

图11A-11C示出了不依赖于受控蚀刻但却使用光刻技术来形成受控接触重叠区域的方法。在图11A-11C示出了使用光刻技术制作图4的实施方式的方法。参照图11A,较佳方法在衬底2600上沉积导电元件2605和2610并对其进行图形化。衬底2600可包括半导体器件、多晶硅栅极和用于与其它层接触的互连、金属配线层和接线柱。导电元件2605和2610可具有在5-500nm范围内的良好控制的厚度,并且可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。图形化导电元件2605和2610的较佳方法可以使用公知的光刻技术和/或公知的蚀刻技术,诸如反应离子蚀刻(RIE)。 11A-11C illustrate a method that does not rely on controlled etching but instead uses photolithographic techniques to form controlled contact overlap regions. A method of fabricating the embodiment of FIG. 4 using photolithographic techniques is shown in FIGS. 11A-11C. Referring to FIG. 11A , preferred methods deposit and pattern conductive elements 2605 and 2610 on a substrate 2600 . The substrate 2600 may include semiconductor devices, polysilicon gates and interconnects for contacting other layers, metal wiring layers, and studs. The conductive elements 2605 and 2610 can have a well-controlled thickness in the range of 5-500 nm and can be made of materials such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn metal, other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used. A preferred method of patterning conductive elements 2605 and 2610 may use well-known photolithographic techniques and/or well-known etching techniques, such as reactive ion etching (RIE).

然后,仍然参照图11A,较佳方法使用公知的制作技术来沉积和平坦化绝缘体2622。绝缘体2622填充导电元件2605和2610之间的区域。然后,仍然参照图11A,较佳方法在接触元件2605和2610以及绝缘体2622上共形地沉积纳米结构物2615。施加纳米结构物2615的方法在所结合的专利参考文献中有描述,并且在此出于简洁起见不再赘述。图11A中的组件可被视为初始结构。 Then, still referring to FIG. 11A , preferred methods deposit and planarize insulator 2622 using known fabrication techniques. Insulator 2622 fills the area between conductive elements 2605 and 2610 . Then, still referring to FIG. 11A , preferred methods conformally deposit nanofabric 2615 over contact elements 2605 and 2610 and insulator 2622 . Methods of applying nanostructures 2615 are described in the incorporated patent references and will not be repeated here for the sake of brevity. The components in Figure 11A can be considered as the initial structure. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知的半导体工业制造方法来在纳米结构物2615上沉积、图形化和对齐光刻层2620,如图11B所示。经图形化的光刻层2620和导电元件2610的相对对齐确定了纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度,如以下进一步描述。图11B可被视为中间结构。 Next, preferred methods deposit, pattern, and align photoresist layer 2620 on nanofabric 2615 using well-known semiconductor industry fabrication methods, as shown in FIG. 11B . The relative alignment of the patterned photoresist layer 2620 and the conductive elements 2610 defines a controlled overlap length between the nanotube elements and the conductive elements, as described further below. Figure 1 IB can be considered an intermediate structure. the

然后,较佳方法使用经图形化的光刻层2620作为掩模来图形化纳米结构物2615。这可形成如图11C所示的纳米管2625,并完成对应于图4所示的开关2500的双端开关2670的制作。然后,较佳方法使用诸如SiO2、SixNy、Al2O3的公知绝缘体和半导体制造中使用的其它公知绝缘体来沉积保护绝缘层(未示出)。 Next, preferred methods pattern the nanofabric 2615 using the patterned photoresist layer 2620 as a mask. This results in the formation of nanotubes 2625 as shown in FIG. 11C and completes the fabrication of a two-terminal switch 2670 corresponding to switch 2500 shown in FIG. 4 . A preferred method then deposits a protective insulating layer ( not shown) using well-known insulators such as SiO2 , SixNy , Al2O3 , and other well-known insulators used in semiconductor manufacturing .

2-TNS 2670包括与导电元件2650顶部重叠的纳米管元件2625,形成近欧姆性接触。纳米管元件2625在受控重叠长度2640上与导电元件2610重叠,该长度在例如1-150nm长度范围内。重叠长度2640由经图形化的光刻层2620相对于导电元件2610的对齐而确定。 2-TNS 2670 includes nanotube element 2625 overlapping the top of conductive element 2650, forming a near-ohmic contact. Nanotube element 2625 overlaps conductive element 2610 over a controlled overlap length 2640, which is in the range of, for example, 1-150 nm in length. The overlap length 2640 is determined by the alignment of the patterned photoresist layer 2620 relative to the conductive elements 2610 . the

图5的实施方式可通过使用光刻技术和共形纳米管元件来制作,如图12A-13所示。参照图12A,较佳方法在衬底2300上沉积导电元件2305和2310并对其进行图形化。衬底2300可包括半导体器件、多晶硅栅极和用于与其它层接触的互连、金属配线层和接线柱。元件2305和2310可具有在5-500nm范围内的良好控制的厚度,并且可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。图形化导电元件2305和2310的较佳方法可以使用公知的光刻技术和公知的蚀刻技术,诸如反应离子蚀刻(RIE)。 The embodiment of Figure 5 can be fabricated using photolithographic techniques and conformal nanotube elements, as shown in Figures 12A-13. Referring to Figure 12A, preferred methods deposit and pattern conductive elements 2305 and 2310 on a substrate 2300. The substrate 2300 may include semiconductor devices, polysilicon gates and interconnections for contacting other layers, metal wiring layers, and studs. Elements 2305 and 2310 can have a well-controlled thickness in the range of 5-500 nm and can be made of materials such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn metals, and other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used. A preferred method of patterning conductive elements 2305 and 2310 may use well-known photolithographic techniques and well-known etching techniques, such as reactive ion etching (RIE).

然后,仍然参照图12A,较佳方法在导电元件2305和2310上共形地沉积纳米结构物2315,从而与元件2305和2310的上表面和侧表面以及衬底2300的上表面的一部分重叠。形成和图形化纳米结构物的方法在所结合的专利参考文献中有描述。图12A所示的组件可被视为初始结构。 Then, still referring to FIG. 12A , preferred methods conformally deposit nanostructures 2315 on conductive elements 2305 and 2310 so as to overlap the upper and side surfaces of elements 2305 and 2310 and a portion of the upper surface of substrate 2300 . Methods of forming and patterning nanostructures are described in the incorporated patent references. The components shown in Figure 12A can be considered as an initial structure. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知的半导体工业制造方法来在纳米结构物2315上沉积、图形化和对齐光刻层2320,如图12B所示。经图形化的光刻层2320和导电元件2310的相对对齐确定了纳米元件与导电元件2310之间的受控重叠长度,如以下进一步描述。图12B所示的组件可被视为中间结构。 Next, preferred methods deposit, pattern, and align photoresist layer 2320 on nanofabric 2315 using well-known semiconductor industry fabrication methods, as shown in Figure 12B. The relative alignment of the patterned photoresist layer 2320 and the conductive elements 2310 determines the controlled overlap length between the nano-elements and the conductive elements 2310, as described further below. The components shown in Figure 12B can be considered intermediate structures. the

然后,较佳方法使用经图形化的光刻层2320作为掩模来图形化纳米结构物2315。这可形成如图13所示的纳米管2325,并完成对应于图5所示的开关2200的双端纳米管开关2370的制作。然后,较佳方法使用诸如SiO2、SiN、Al2O3和半导体制造中所使用的其它公知绝缘体的公知绝缘体来沉积保护绝缘层(未示出)。 Next, preferred methods pattern the nanofabric 2315 using the patterned photoresist layer 2320 as a mask. This forms nanotube 2325 as shown in FIG. 13 and completes the fabrication of two-terminal nanotube switch 2370 corresponding to switch 2200 shown in FIG. 5 . A preferred method then deposits a protective insulating layer (not shown) using a well-known insulator such as SiO2 , SiN, Al2O3 , and other well-known insulators used in semiconductor manufacturing.

如上相关于图5所述,纳米管元件2325在区域2350中与导电元件2310重叠该区域由侧壁重叠区域2340(具有与导电元件2310的厚度T1大致相同的长度)和受控的重叠长度2345(例如1-150nm)来定义。 As described above in relation to FIG. 5 , the nanotube element 2325 overlaps the conductive element 2310 in a region 2350 defined by a sidewall overlap region 2340 (having approximately the same length as the thickness T1 of the conductive element 2310 ) and a controlled overlap length 2345 . (eg 1-150nm) to define. the

在图12A-13所示的实施方式中,纳米管元件2325与导电元件2310的两个表 面重叠的总长度定义了受控重叠区域。然而,在其它实施方式中,纳米管元件2325实际上可与导电元件2310的两个以上表面接触以定义受控的重叠区域,该区域的长度可影响所得到的2-TNS开关的一个或多个电特性。 In the embodiment shown in Figures 12A-13, the total length of nanotube element 2325 overlapping both surfaces of conductive element 2310 defines a controlled overlap region. However, in other embodiments, the nanotube element 2325 may actually be in contact with more than two surfaces of the conductive element 2310 to define a controlled overlap region, the length of which may affect one or more of the resulting 2-TNS switches. an electrical characteristic. the

制作具有受控重叠区域的密集2-端子纳米管开关Fabrication of dense 2-terminal nanotube switches with controlled overlapping regions

虽然上述实施方式是相对密集的2-TNS(即在较小面积上制作多个),但是更密集的可缩放的非易失性纳米管双端开关是有可能的。制作密集开关的某些方法使用较佳制作方法来制作相框结构(picture frame structure),这可提供用于许多用途的密集2-TNS。 While the above implementations are relatively dense 2-TNSs (ie, many fabricated on a small area), denser scalable non-volatile nanotube two-terminal switches are possible. Some methods of fabricating dense switches use an optimal fabrication method to fabricate a picture frame structure, which provides dense 2-TNS for many purposes. the

制作密集开关的其它所述方法使用具有垂直定向的纳米管元件的较佳制作方法。在这些方法中,导电元件之间的间距由膜厚而非光刻装置来控制。可移除(或可牺牲)膜的厚度用于定义垂直取向的纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度。或者,导电元件自身的厚度定义受控重叠长度。 Other described methods of fabricating dense switches use preferred fabrication methods with vertically oriented nanotube elements. In these methods, the spacing between conductive elements is controlled by the film thickness rather than the photolithographic device. The thickness of the removable (or sacrificial) film is used to define the controlled overlap length between the vertically oriented nanotube elements and the conductive elements. Alternatively, the thickness of the conductive element itself defines the controlled overlap length. the

制作相框设计2-TNS的方法 How to make photo frame design 2-TNS

提供相对密集的2-TNS的实施方式是相框设计。相框设计具有可与定义各个技术代的金属基本原则(metal ground rule)成比例缩放的对称特征。纳米管三端结构的相框设计技术在2004年6月9日提交的题为“Non-volatile ElectromechanicalField Effect Devices and Circuits using Same and Methods of Manufacturing Same(非易失性机电场效应器件和使用该器件的电路及其制造方法)”的美国专利申请No.10/864,186和2004年9月8日提交的题为“Patterned Nanoscopic Articles and Methodsof Making the Same(图形化纳米尺度制品及其制造方法)”的美国专利申请No.10/936,119中有描述。以下相对于图14A-14J进一步描述非易失性纳米管双端开关的相框设计示例。 An implementation that provides relatively dense 2-TNS is the picture frame design. The picture frame design has symmetrical features that scale with the metal ground rule that defines each technology generation. The photo frame design technology of the nanotube three-terminal structure was submitted on June 9, 2004 entitled "Non-volatile Electromechanical Field Effect Devices and Circuits using Same and Methods of Manufacturing Same (non-volatile electromechanical field effect devices and using the device U.S. Patent Application No. 10/864,186 for Circuits and Methods of Making the Same) and U.S. Pat. It is described in patent application Ser. No. 10/936,119. An example picture frame design of a non-volatile nanotube two-terminal switch is described further below with respect to FIGS. 14A-14J . the

参照图14A,较佳方法在底层结构(未示出)上沉积绝缘体1800。通孔1810中的导电元件1805在纳米结构物1815与绝缘体1800下方的导体(未示出)之间形成导电路径。在这点上,该初始结构与图3B所示的结构的一部分相似。例如,图14A中的绝缘体1800和导电元件1805分别对应于图3B中的绝缘体915和导电元件935。然而在本实施方式中,与处于纳米管元件的一端不同,导电元件1805被设计成处于如下进一步描述的相框开关的中心。绝缘体1800可以是例如使用公知产业技术沉积在平坦表面(未示出)上的厚度在5-200nm范围内的SiN、Al2O3 或其它合适绝缘材料。图14A所示的组件可被视为初始结构。 Referring to Figure 14A, a preferred method deposits an insulator 1800 on an underlying structure (not shown). Conductive elements 1805 in vias 1810 form a conductive path between nanofabric 1815 and a conductor (not shown) beneath insulator 1800 . In this regard, the initial structure is similar to a portion of the structure shown in Figure 3B. For example, insulator 1800 and conductive element 1805 in FIG. 14A correspond to insulator 915 and conductive element 935 in FIG. 3B , respectively. In this embodiment, however, instead of being at one end of the nanotube element, the conductive element 1805 is designed to be at the center of the picture frame switch as further described below. Insulator 1800 may be, for example, SiN, Al2O3 , or other suitable insulating material deposited on a flat surface (not shown) with a thickness in the range of 5-200 nm using known industry techniques. The assembly shown in Fig. 14A can be considered as an initial structure.

然后,较佳方法如图14B所示地沉积并图形化可任选导电元件1807。可任选元件1807可在纳米结构物1815与导电元件1805之间提供具有改善电阻的近欧姆性接触。可任选元件1807可以是诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern optional conductive elements 1807 as shown in Figure 14B. Optional element 1807 may provide a near-ohmic contact with improved resistance between nanofabric 1815 and conductive element 1805 . Optional element 1807 may be a metal such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used.

然后,较佳方法沉积并图形化厚度为5-50nm的诸如SiO2的绝缘体1820,例如图14C所示。可使用公知产业技术对绝缘体1820进行图形化。 Then, preferred methods deposit and pattern an insulator 1820 such as SiO 2 with a thickness of 5-50 nm, such as shown in FIG. 14C . The insulator 1820 can be patterned using known industry techniques.

然后,较佳方法沉积并图形化诸如硅的共形牺牲层1822,如图14D所示。层1822具有使用公知产业技术控制的诸如在1-150nm范围内的良好控制的厚度。使用厚度控制的较佳方法是因为共形牺牲层1822的厚度将确定后续工艺中的纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a conformal sacrificial layer 1822, such as silicon, as shown in Figure 14D. Layer 1822 has a well-controlled thickness, such as in the range of 1-150 nm, controlled using known industry techniques. The preferred method of using thickness control is because the thickness of the conformal sacrificial layer 1822 will determine the controlled overlap length between the nanotube elements and the conductive elements in subsequent processes. the

然后,较佳方法使用诸如RIE的公知产业方法来定向蚀刻共形牺牲层1822,从而例如留下如图14E所示的侧壁区域1830。 Preferred methods then directionally etch the conformal sacrificial layer 1822 using well-known industry methods such as RIE, leaving sidewall regions 1830 as shown in Figure 14E, for example. the

然后,较佳方法使用绝缘体1820和侧壁1830作为掩模来图形化纳米结构物1815,从而形成如图14F所示的纳米管元件1825。图形化纳米结构物以形成纳米管元件的方法在所结合的专利文献中有描述。 Next, preferred methods pattern nanofabric 1815 using insulator 1820 and sidewalls 1830 as a mask to form nanotube element 1825 as shown in Figure 14F. Methods of patterning nanostructures to form nanotube elements are described in the incorporated patent documents. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来蚀刻(移除)剩余的侧壁隔片1830,从而露出区域1835中的纳米管元件1825,如图14G所示。 Preferred methods then use known industry techniques to etch (remove) the remaining sidewall spacers 1830, thereby exposing the nanotube elements 1825 in regions 1835, as shown in Figure 14G. the

然后,较佳方法沉积如图14H所示的导体1845。导体1845与纳米管元件1825的暴露区域1835重叠,如图14H所示。导体1845可以具有在5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。图14B-14H所示的组件可被视为中间结构。 Next, preferred methods deposit conductor 1845 as shown in Figure 14H. Conductor 1845 overlaps exposed region 1835 of nanotube element 1825, as shown in Figure 14H. Conductor 1845 may have a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm and may be made of metals such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and others. Suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used. The components shown in Figures 14B-14H can be considered intermediate structures.

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来图形化导体1845以形成如图14I所示的导电元件1855。导电元件1855以受控重叠长度1860在暴露区域1835中与纳米管 元件1825重叠。重叠长度1860在例如1-150nm的范围内。虽然本实施方式在导电元件与纳米管开关之间具有不同的几何关系,但是受控重叠长度1860对应于图1B所示的长度40’。 Next, preferred methods pattern the conductor 1845 using well-known industry techniques to form conductive elements 1855 as shown in Figure 14I. Conductive element 1855 overlaps nanotube element 1825 in exposed region 1835 by a controlled overlap length 1860. Overlap length 1860 is, for example, in the range of 1-150 nm. Although this embodiment has a different geometric relationship between the conductive element and the nanotube switch, the controlled overlap length 1860 corresponds to the length 40' shown in FIG. 1B. the

图14I示出包括底层衬底(未示出)上的支承绝缘体1800和通孔1810中的导电元件1805的相框2-TNS 1870的横截面。图14J示出对应于图14I所示的横截面的开关1870的平面图。可以看到导电元件1855与纳米管元件1825的外围或外边缘重叠,且可以看到导电元件1807与纳米管元件1825的中心区域重叠。如图14I和14J所示的实施方式可被视为最终结构。 Figure 141 shows a cross-section of a picture frame 2-TNS 1870 including a support insulator 1800 on an underlying substrate (not shown) and a conductive element 1805 in a via 1810. Figure 14J shows a plan view of switch 1870 corresponding to the cross-section shown in Figure 14I. Conductive element 1855 can be seen overlapping the periphery or outer edge of nanotube element 1825 and conductive element 1807 can be seen overlapping the central region of nanotube element 1825 . The embodiment shown in Figures 14I and 14J can be considered the final structure. the

相框2-TNS结构因其密度、可缩放以及对称性而具有许多潜在用途。除了可以用于存储器(例如非易失性随机存取存储器)单元,相框非易失性双端纳米管开关可例如用作金属层之间的可编程并可重新编程的熔丝/反熔丝开关和/或用于可重新配置的配线,如以下更详细描述的。 The picture frame 2-TNS structure has many potential uses due to its density, scalability, and symmetry. In addition to being useful in memory (e.g., non-volatile random access memory) cells, photo-frame non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switches can be used, for example, as programmable and reprogrammable fuses/antifuses between metal layers switches and/or wiring for reconfigurability, as described in more detail below. the

将薄膜技术用于制造密集2-TNS的方法 Approaches to use thin-film technology to fabricate dense 2-TNS

图15A-15N示出垂直取向的2-TNS对的制作。参照图15A,较佳方法在底层结构(未示出)上沉积诸如SiO2的绝缘层1200。在相应的通孔1210A和1210B中设置导电元件1205A和1205B。 15A-15N illustrate the fabrication of vertically oriented 2-TNS pairs. Referring to FIG. 15A, a preferred method deposits an insulating layer 1200 such as SiO 2 on an underlying structure (not shown). Conductive elements 1205A and 1205B are disposed in respective vias 1210A and 1210B.

然后,较佳方法沉积如图15A所示的绝缘体1212,它可以是例如使用公知产业技术沉积在绝缘体1200表面上、厚度在2-200nm范围内的SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料。绝缘体1212的厚度用于定义诸如导电元件1205A和在后续工艺步骤中沉积的导电元件之间的间隔。通过使用受控沉积层厚来定义导电元件之间的间隔可比使用光刻更加准确。 Then, a preferred method deposits an insulator 1212 as shown in FIG. 15A , which can be, for example, SiN, Al 2 O 3 or other suitable insulating materials deposited on the surface of the insulator 1200 using known industry techniques with a thickness in the range of 2-200 nm. The thickness of insulator 1212 is used to define, for example, the spacing between conductive elements 1205A and conductive elements deposited in subsequent process steps. By using controlled deposition layer thicknesses to define the spacing between conductive elements can be more accurate than using photolithography.

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术沉积如图15A所示的厚度在1-150nm范围内的诸如硅的牺牲层1215。使用厚度控制的较佳方法是因为牺牲层1215的厚度将在后续工艺中确定纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度。如图15A所示的组件可被视为初始结构。 Then, preferred methods deposit a sacrificial layer 1215, such as silicon, with a thickness in the range of 1-150 nm as shown in FIG. 15A using well known industry techniques. It is preferable to use thickness control because the thickness of the sacrificial layer 1215 will determine the controlled overlap length between the nanotube elements and the conductive elements in subsequent processes. The assembly shown in Figure 15A can be considered as an initial structure. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来图形化牺牲层1215,形成如图15B所示的牺牲绝缘体1220。 Next, preferred methods use known industry techniques to pattern the sacrificial layer 1215 to form a sacrificial insulator 1220 as shown in FIG. 15B. the

然后,较佳方法沉积附加绝缘材料并平坦化以将牺牲绝缘体1220嵌入绝缘体1225中,如图15C所示。可沉积非共形绝缘层并使用诸如RIE的定向蚀刻来深蚀刻,其中牺牲绝缘体1220表面充当蚀刻阻挡。所得表面无需很平以保持牺牲绝缘 体1220的厚度控制。 Next, preferred methods deposit additional insulating material and planarize to embed sacrificial insulator 1220 into insulator 1225, as shown in Figure 15C. A non-conformal insulating layer can be deposited and etched back using a directional etch such as RIE, where the sacrificial insulator 1220 surface acts as an etch stop. The resulting surface need not be very flat to keep the thickness of the sacrificial insulator 1220 under control. the

然后,较佳方法图形化并定向蚀刻牺牲绝缘体1220,如图15D所示。这些方法形成牺牲绝缘体1230并定向蚀刻绝缘体1225,从而选择性地在绝缘体1200表面停止。这些方法使导电元件1205A和1205B露出并留下开口1245。可以使用例如针对底层绝缘体1200和导电元件1205而选择的诸如RIE的定向蚀刻。 Next, preferred methods pattern and directionally etch the sacrificial insulator 1220, as shown in Figure 15D. These methods form sacrificial insulator 1230 and directionally etch insulator 1225 to selectively stop at the surface of insulator 1200 . These methods expose conductive elements 1205A and 1205B and leave opening 1245 . A directional etch, such as RIE, selected for the underlying insulator 1200 and conductive element 1205, for example, may be used. the

然后,如图15E所示,较佳方法使用在所结合的专利文献中描述的方法沉积共形纳米结构物1235。 Next, as shown in Figure 15E, preferred methods deposit conformal nanostructures 1235 using methods described in the incorporated patent documents. the

然后,较佳方法在纳米结构物1235上沉积共形保护绝缘体1240,如图15F所示。保护绝缘体1240可使用SiN、Al2O3或者其它合适绝缘材料。 Next, preferred methods deposit a conformal protective insulator 1240 on the nanofabric 1235, as shown in Figure 15F. The protective insulator 1240 can use SiN, Al 2 O 3 or other suitable insulating materials.

然后,较佳方法使用例如TEOS来沉积绝缘体1250,如图15G所示。TEOS通过使用公知产业技术来沉积并填充开口1245。SiO2是可用于该目的的绝缘体的另一示例。然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术对绝缘体1250进行平坦化,如图15H所示。这使保护绝缘体1240的区域露出。 Next, preferred methods deposit an insulator 1250 using, for example, TEOS, as shown in Figure 15G. TEOS is deposited and fills the opening 1245 using well known industry techniques. SiO2 is another example of an insulator that can be used for this purpose. Next, preferred methods planarize the insulator 1250 using known industry techniques, as shown in Figure 15H. This exposes an area of the protective insulator 1240 .

然后,较佳方法选择性地移除保护绝缘体1240的暴露部分。可以使用诸如RIE的定向蚀刻,得到如图15I所示的结构。 Then, preferred methods selectively remove exposed portions of protective insulator 1240 . Directional etching, such as RIE, can be used to obtain the structure shown in Figure 15I. the

然后,较佳方法用于使用例如灰化(ashing)或者如所结合专利文献中所述的其它适当技术来移除纳米结构物1235的暴露区域。图15J示出具有垂直取向的纳米管元件1255的所得结构。 Preferred methods are then used to remove exposed areas of nanofabric 1235 using, for example, ashing or other suitable techniques as described in the incorporated patent documents. Figure 15J shows the resulting structure with nanotube elements 1255 in a vertical orientation. the

然后,较佳方法移除牺牲绝缘体区域1230,如图15K所示。这使区域1260在垂直取向的纳米管元件1255的末端露出。该区域的长度由所移除的牺牲绝缘体1230的厚度定义。 Next, preferred methods remove the sacrificial insulator region 1230, as shown in Figure 15K. This exposes region 1260 at the end of vertically oriented nanotube element 1255 . The length of this region is defined by the thickness of the removed sacrificial insulator 1230 . the

然后,较佳方法沉积如图15L所示的导体1265。导体1265与纳米管元件1255的暴露区域重叠。导体1265具有在5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可由诸如Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiN等的金属合金。 Next, preferred methods deposit conductor 1265 as shown in Figure 15L. Conductor 1265 overlaps the exposed area of nanotube element 1255 . Conductor 1265 has a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm and may be made of metals such as Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and other suitable metals, and its composition. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiN can be used. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来图形化导体1265以形成如图15M所示的导电元件1270A和1270B。元件1270A和1270B分别与纳米管元件1255的末端重叠各自的受控重叠长度1280A和1280B。这些长度在例如1-150nm范围内。导电元件1270A和1205A之间的受控间距1285由绝缘体1212的厚度确定,如相关于图15A所述的。图15B-15M的组件可被视为中间结构。 Next, preferred methods pattern conductor 1265 using known industry techniques to form conductive elements 1270A and 1270B as shown in FIG. 15M. Elements 1270A and 1270B overlap the ends of nanotube element 1255 by respective controlled overlap lengths 1280A and 1280B, respectively. These lengths are for example in the range 1-150 nm. The controlled spacing 1285 between conductive elements 1270A and 1205A is determined by the thickness of insulator 1212, as described with respect to FIG. 15A. The components of Figures 15B-15M can be considered intermediate structures. the

然后,如图15N所示,较佳方法使用导电元件1270A和1270B作为掩模层来 进行针对绝缘体1225和绝缘体1240选择的绝缘体1250的定向蚀刻。该蚀刻创建开口1290,并在绝缘体1240的表面停止。然后,再次使用导电元件1270A和1270B作为掩模层来进行针对绝缘体1250和绝缘体1200选择的绝缘体1240的蚀刻。然后,将导电元件1270A和1270B再次用作对纳米管元件1255的暴露区域作选择性蚀刻的掩模。该蚀刻形成两个独立的垂直定向的纳米管元件片段1255A和1255B。导电元件1205A和1205B与相应的纳米管元件片段1255A和1255B重叠,形成近欧姆性接触,并在片段与绝缘体1200下方的对应触点(未示出)之间形成导电路径。这形成了如图15N所示的镜像非易失性2-端子纳米管开关(2-TNS)1295A和1295B。图15N所示的组件可被视为最终结构。 Then, as shown in FIG. 15N , preferred methods perform a directional etch of insulator 1250 selected for insulator 1225 and insulator 1240 using conductive elements 1270A and 1270B as a mask layer. The etch creates opening 1290 and stops at the surface of insulator 1240 . Etching of insulator 1240 selected for insulator 1250 and insulator 1200 is then performed, again using conductive elements 1270A and 1270B as a masking layer. Conductive elements 1270A and 1270B are then again used as a mask for selective etching of exposed regions of nanotube element 1255 . This etch forms two separate vertically oriented nanotube element segments 1255A and 1255B. Conductive elements 1205A and 1205B overlap corresponding nanotube element segments 1255A and 1255B, forming near-ohmic contacts and forming conductive paths between the segments and corresponding contacts (not shown) beneath insulator 1200 . This forms mirror image non-volatile 2-terminal nanotube switches (2-TNS) 1295A and 1295B as shown in Figure 15N. The assembly shown in Figure 15N can be considered the final structure. the

垂直取向镜像非易失性2-端子纳米管开关(2-TNS)1295A和1295B包括导电元件1270A和1270B,这些元件与对应的纳米管元件片段1255重叠对应的受控重叠长度1280A和1280B。虽然本实施方式的几何结构在许多方面与图1B所示的不同,但是长度1280A和1280B对应于图1B所示的受控重叠长度40’。 Vertically oriented mirror image nonvolatile 2-terminal nanotube switches (2-TNS) 1295A and 1295B include conductive elements 1270A and 1270B that overlap corresponding nanotube element segments 1255 by corresponding controlled overlap lengths 1280A and 1280B. While the geometry of this embodiment differs in many respects from that shown in FIG. 1B , lengths 1280A and 1280B correspond to controlled overlap length 40' shown in FIG. 1B . the

制作密集2-TNS的另一种方法使用采用垂直取向纳米管元件的较佳制作方法,其中纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度通过选择性地掩蔽凹槽的侧壁区域(也可称为凹面)来确定。Bertin等人的美国专利No.5,096,849示教了选择性掩蔽凹槽侧壁区域的制作方法,并且在此已经采用该方法来控制受控重叠长度。垂直取向的纳米管元件可用于形成可能更密集的2-TNS,并且可制成如下进一步描述的对。 Another approach to fabricating dense 2-TNS uses a preferred fabrication method employing vertically oriented nanotube elements, where the controlled overlap length between nanotube elements and conductive elements is achieved by selectively masking the sidewall regions of the grooves (also can be called concave) to determine. US Patent No. 5,096,849 to Bertin et al. teaches a method of selectively masking groove sidewall regions and has been employed herein to control a controlled overlap length. Vertically oriented nanotube elements can be used to form potentially denser 2-TNSs, and can be made into pairs as further described below. the

参照图16A,较佳方法在衬底2800上沉积并图形化导体2805。衬底2800可包括半导体器件、多晶硅栅极和用于与其它层接触的下述互连、金属配线层和接线柱。导体2805可具有在5-500nm范围内的良好控制的厚度,并且可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。图形化导体2805的较佳方法可以使用公知的光刻技术和/或公知的蚀刻技术,诸如反应离子蚀刻(RIE)。 Referring to FIG. 16A , preferred methods deposit and pattern conductor 2805 on substrate 2800 . The substrate 2800 may include semiconductor devices, polysilicon gates, and interconnections described below for contacting other layers, metal wiring layers, and studs. Conductor 2805 can have a well-controlled thickness in the range of 5-500 nm and can be made of metals such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn , and other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used. A preferred method of patterning the conductor 2805 may use well-known photolithographic techniques and/or well-known etching techniques, such as reactive ion etching (RIE).

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体2810,使得绝缘体2810和导体2805的表面共面,如图16A所示。由衬底2800支承的绝缘体2810可具有例如在5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可使用SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料的一个或多个 介电层。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize insulator 2810 such that the surfaces of insulator 2810 and conductor 2805 are coplanar, as shown in Figure 16A. Insulator 2810 supported by substrate 2800 may have a thickness , for example, in the range of 5-500 nm, and one or more dielectric layers of SiO2 , SiN, Al2O3 , or other suitable insulating material may be used.

然后,较佳方法沉积绝缘体2815。绝缘体2815可具有在5-500nm范围内的厚度,如图16A所示,并且可由SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料构成。绝缘体2815的厚度控制了导体2805的上表面与沉积在绝缘体2815上表面上的第二导体的下表面之间的间隔,如以下进一步描述。 Next, preferred methods deposit an insulator 2815 . Insulator 2815 may have a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm, as shown in Figure 16A, and may be composed of SiO2 , SiN, Al2O3 , or other suitable insulating material. The thickness of the insulator 2815 controls the spacing between the upper surface of the conductor 2805 and the lower surface of the second conductor deposited on the upper surface of the insulator 2815, as described further below.

然后,仍然参照图16A,较佳方法在绝缘体2815上沉积导体层2820。导体层2820通过使用良好控制的沉积厚度而具有在例如5-500nm范围内的厚度T1,并且可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。图28A可被视为初始结构。 Then, still referring to FIG. 16A , preferred methods deposit a conductor layer 2820 on the insulator 2815 . The conductor layer 2820 has a thickness T1 in the range of, for example, 5-500 nm by using a well-controlled deposition thickness, and can be made of materials such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn metals, other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used. Figure 28A can be considered an initial structure.

然后,较佳方法在导体2820上沉积并图形化掩模层2825,如图16B所示。掩模层2825可以是例如光刻层,并且可通过使用半导体工业中公知的方法来图形化。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a masking layer 2825 over the conductor 2820, as shown in Figure 16B. Masking layer 2825 may be, for example, a photoresist layer, and may be patterned using methods well known in the semiconductor industry. the

然后,较佳方法移除(蚀刻)导体层2820的暴露部分,得到如图16C所示的导体2830。诸如RIE的公知蚀刻方法可用于定义导体2830。 Then, preferred methods remove (etch) the exposed portion of the conductor layer 2820, resulting in the conductor 2830 as shown in FIG. 16C. Well-known etching methods such as RIE can be used to define conductor 2830 . the

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体2835,使得绝缘体2835的上表面和导体2830的上表面共面,如图16D所示。绝缘体2835可由SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料构成。或者,可使用在该工艺的本步骤中不引入绝缘体2835平坦化的结构。然而,本步骤中的平坦化可方便后续工艺步骤。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize insulator 2835 such that the upper surface of insulator 2835 and the upper surface of conductor 2830 are coplanar, as shown in Figure 16D. Insulator 2835 may be composed of SiO 2 , SiN, Al 2 O 3 , or other suitable insulating material. Alternatively, structures may be used that do not introduce insulator 2835 planarization during this step of the process. However, planarization in this step can facilitate subsequent process steps.

然后,较佳方法沉积并图形化掩模层2840,形成如图16E所示的开口2845。开口2845对应于垂直凹槽位置,以在后续工艺步骤中用于制作通过直接在导电元件上沉积纳米管元件来形成垂直非易失性纳米管双端开关。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a masking layer 2840, forming openings 2845 as shown in FIG. 16E. The opening 2845 corresponds to the location of the vertical groove to be used in subsequent process steps to fabricate a vertical non-volatile nanotube two-terminal switch by depositing the nanotube element directly on the conductive element. the

然后,较佳方法定向蚀刻导体2830、定向蚀刻绝缘体2815以及直接蚀刻导体2805,并在衬底2800的表面上停止以形成如图16F所示的凹槽2860。可使用任何适当的定向蚀刻制作方法来形成凹槽2860,例如可使用反应离子蚀刻(RIE)。形成凹槽2860的方法将导体2830分隔成两个导电元件2850A和2850B。形成凹槽2860的方法还将导体2805分隔成两个导电元件2855A和2855B。形成凹槽2860的方法还在绝缘体2815中形成对应的凹槽开口。 Next, preferred methods directionally etch conductor 2830, directionally etch insulator 2815, and directly etch conductor 2805, stopping on the surface of substrate 2800 to form recess 2860 as shown in Figure 16F. Recess 2860 may be formed using any suitable directional etching fabrication method, such as reactive ion etching (RIE). The method of forming groove 2860 separates conductor 2830 into two conductive elements 2850A and 2850B. The method of forming groove 2860 also separates conductor 2805 into two conductive elements 2855A and 2855B. The method of forming groove 2860 also forms a corresponding groove opening in insulator 2815 . the

然后,较佳方法使用公知半导体制作技术来移除掩模层2840,该层可以是光 刻胶。然后,较佳方法在凹槽2860的底部和侧壁上、导电元件2650A和2650B的上表面上以及绝缘体2835的上表面上沉积共形纳米结构物2865,如图16G所示。沉积纳米结构物的方法在所结合的专利文献中有描述。 Next, preferred methods use known semiconductor fabrication techniques to remove masking layer 2840, which may be photoresist. Preferred methods then deposit conformal nanostructures 2865 on the bottom and sidewalls of recess 2860, on the upper surfaces of conductive elements 2650A and 2650B, and on the upper surface of insulator 2835, as shown in Figure 16G. Methods of depositing nanostructures are described in the incorporated patent documents. the

然后,较佳方法用例如TEOS的绝缘体2870填充凹槽2860,使绝缘体2860的表面近似平坦化,如图16H所示,这种结构可按需由例如CMP来进一步平坦化。 Then, preferred methods fill the recess 2860 with an insulator 2870, such as TEOS, to approximately planarize the surface of the insulator 2860, as shown in FIG. 16H, and this structure can be further planarized by, for example, CMP as desired. the

然后,较佳方法在凹槽区域的绝缘体2870中蚀刻出开口2875,如图16L所示。这使纳米结构物2865的底部区域露出。开口2865不需要位于凹槽区中心,但是开口2875不应暴露纳米结构物2865的侧壁区域(部分)。蚀刻绝缘体TEOS或其它绝缘体的较佳方法是半导体工业中公知的。 Next, preferred methods etch openings 2875 in the insulator 2870 in the recess region, as shown in Figure 16L. This exposes the bottom region of the nanofabric 2865. The opening 2865 need not be located in the center of the recessed area, but the opening 2875 should not expose (portions of) sidewall regions of the nanofabric 2865. Preferred methods of etching the insulator TEOS or other insulators are well known in the semiconductor industry. the

然后,使用较佳方法来使用例如灰化或者在所结合专利文献中所述的其它适当技术选择性地移除开口2875底部暴露的底部区域。这形成了垂直取向的纳米结构物片段2865A和2865B,如图16I所示。 Preferred methods are then used to selectively remove the exposed bottom region of the bottom of opening 2875 using, for example, ashing or other suitable techniques as described in the incorporated patent documents. This forms vertically oriented nanofabric segments 2865A and 2865B, as shown in Figure 16I. the

然后,较佳方法使用例如TEOS的绝缘体来填充开口2875,并且进行近似平坦化以得到近似平坦化的绝缘体2880,如图16J所示,这种结构可按需通过例如CMP来进一步平坦化。 A preferred method then fills the opening 2875 with an insulator such as TEOS and performs an approximate planarization to obtain an approximately planarized insulator 2880, as shown in FIG. 16J. This structure can be further planarized by, for example, CMP as desired. the

在本工艺的此时,需要定义垂直取向的纳米结构物片段2865A和2865B与对应导电元件2850A和2850B之间的受控重叠长度。可以使用选择性地掩蔽带有垂直取向的纳米结构物的凹槽侧壁区域(或凹入区域)的方法。Bertin等人的美国专利No.5,.096,849中描述了选择性移除硅衬底中凹槽内材料的现有技术工艺(制作方法)。如现有技术美国专利No.5,096,849所述的对侧壁具有包括绝缘体、纳米结构物和导体的凹槽的调整制作技术,较佳的制作方法如以下进一步描述地继续进行。 At this point in the process, a controlled overlap length between vertically oriented nanofabric segments 2865A and 2865B and corresponding conductive elements 2850A and 2850B needs to be defined. A method of selectively masking groove sidewall regions (or recessed regions) with vertically oriented nanofabrics can be used. US Patent No. 5,.096,849 to Bertin et al. describes a prior art process (fabrication method) for the selective removal of material within recesses in a silicon substrate. As described in prior art US Pat. No. 5,096,849, the preferred method of fabrication proceeds as further described below, as described in prior art US Pat. No. 5,096,849. the

较佳方法定向蚀刻(例如使用RIE)平坦化的绝缘体2880并移除绝缘体材料,直至导电元件2850A和2850B的表面以下预定深度D1,如图16K所示。这定义了剩余凹槽填充绝缘体2885的上表面。还可使用较佳方法将纳米结构物片段2865A和2865B的部分选择性移除至D1深度,形成纳米管元件2890A和2890B。深度D1分别相对于导电元件2850A和2850B上表面定义了被覆盖(即受保护)的纳米管元件2890A和2890B的上边缘。在某些实施方式中,RIE在同一步骤中同时移除绝缘材料以及纳米结构物片段的部分。然而,在纳米结构物部分未被RIE工艺完全移除的情况下,可使用较佳方法来使用例如灰化或所结合的专利文献中所述的其它适当技术来移除暴露的纳米结构物。 A preferred method directionally etches (eg, using RIE) planarized insulator 2880 and removes insulator material to a predetermined depth D1 below the surface of conductive elements 2850A and 2850B, as shown in FIG. 16K . This defines the upper surface of the remaining groove-fill insulator 2885 . Portions of nanofabric segments 2865A and 2865B can also be selectively removed to a depth D1 using preferred methods to form nanotube elements 2890A and 2890B. Depth Dl defines the upper edges of covered (ie, protected) nanotube elements 2890A and 2890B relative to the upper surfaces of conductive elements 2850A and 2850B, respectively. In certain embodiments, RIE removes both the insulating material and portions of the nanostructure fragments in the same step. However, in cases where nanostructure portions are not completely removed by the RIE process, preferred methods may be used to remove exposed nanostructures using, for example, ashing or other suitable techniques as described in the incorporated patent documents. the

纳米结构物2890A和2890B与导电元件2850A和2850B重叠由差值T1-D1定义的受控重叠长度。T1在例如5-500nm的范围内,重叠长度T1-D1可在例如1-150nm的范围内。图16B-16K所示的组件可被视为中间结构。 Nanofabrics 2890A and 2890B overlap conductive elements 2850A and 2850B by a controlled overlap length defined by difference T1-D1. T1 is, for example, in the range of 5-500 nm, and the overlapping length T1-D1 may be, for example, in the range of 1-150 nm. The components shown in Figures 16B-16K can be considered intermediate structures. the

然后,较佳方法移除剩余的绝缘体2885,如图16L所示。或者,可添加附加绝缘体材料,并对该结构进行平坦化(未示出)。图16L所示的组件可被视为最终结构。2-TNS 2895A和2895B是镜像对。开关2895A包括与导电元件2855A一侧的整个高度重叠以形成近欧姆性接触的纳米管元件2890A。纳米管元件2890A与导电元件2850A重叠受控重叠长度2892A,该长度可在例如1-150nm的长度范围内并且由T1-D1定义。开关2895B包括与导电元件2855B一侧的整个高度重叠以形成近欧姆性接触的纳米管元件2890B。纳米管元件2890B与导电元件2850B重叠受控重叠长度2892B,该长度可在例如1-150nm的长度范围内并且由T1-D1定义。虽然本实施方式的几何形状在许多方面与图1B所示的不同,但是长度2892A和2892B对应于图1B所示的受控重叠长度40’。 Next, preferred methods remove the remaining insulator 2885, as shown in Figure 16L. Alternatively, additional insulator material can be added and the structure planarized (not shown). The assembly shown in Figure 16L can be considered the final structure. 2-TNS 2895A and 2895B are mirrored pairs. Switch 2895A includes a nanotube element 2890A that overlaps the entire height of one side of conductive element 2855A to form a near-ohmic contact. Nanotube element 2890A overlaps conductive element 2850A by a controlled overlap length 2892A, which can be, for example, in a length range of 1-150 nm and defined by T1-D1. Switch 2895B includes a nanotube element 2890B that overlaps the entire height of one side of conductive element 2855B to form a near-ohmic contact. Nanotube element 2890B overlaps conductive element 2850B by a controlled overlap length 2892B, which can be, for example, in the length range of 1-150 nm and defined by T1-D1. While the geometry of this embodiment differs in many respects from that shown in FIG. 1B , lengths 2892A and 2892B correspond to controlled overlap length 40' shown in FIG. 1B . the

制作密集2-TNS的另一种方法使用较佳制作方法,其中垂直取向纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度由导电元件的厚度确定。该方法可得到改进的重叠长度控制和工艺简化。该制作方法使用包括电接触的第一和第二导体的导电元件。第一导体具有受控侧壁厚度并在该厚度上与垂直取向纳米管元件重叠。该厚度定义了受控重叠长度。第二导体形成与多个开关互连的配线层。垂直取向的纳米管元件可形成可能更加密集的结构并可被制成如以下进一步描述的对。 Another approach to fabricate dense 2-TNS uses a preferred fabrication method in which the controlled overlap length between vertically oriented nanotube elements and conductive elements is determined by the thickness of the conductive elements. This approach results in improved overlap length control and process simplification. The fabrication method uses a conductive element comprising first and second conductors in electrical contact. The first conductor has a controlled sidewall thickness and overlaps the vertically aligned nanotube element over the thickness. This thickness defines the controlled overlap length. The second conductor forms a wiring layer interconnecting the plurality of switches. Vertically oriented nanotube elements can form potentially denser structures and can be made into pairs as described further below. the

参照图17A,较佳方法在衬底3000上沉积并图形化导体3005。衬底3000可包括半导体器件、多晶硅栅极和如以下进一步描述的用于与其它层接触的互连、金属配线层和接线柱。导体3005可使用良好受控的沉积厚度而具有在5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可由诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。图形化导体3005的较佳方法可以使用公知的光刻技术和/或公知的蚀刻技术,诸如反应离子蚀刻(RIE)。 Referring to FIG. 17A , preferred methods deposit and pattern a conductor 3005 on a substrate 3000 . Substrate 3000 may include semiconductor devices, polysilicon gates, and interconnects for contacting other layers, metal wiring layers, and studs as described further below. The conductor 3005 can have a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm using well-controlled deposition thickness and can be made of materials such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn metal, and other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used. A preferred method of patterning conductor 3005 may use well-known photolithographic techniques and/or well-known etching techniques, such as reactive ion etching (RIE).

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体3010,使得绝缘体3010和导体3005的表面共面,如图17A所示。由衬底3000支承的绝缘体3010可具有例如在5-500nm 范围内的厚度,并且可使用SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料的介电层。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize insulator 3010 such that the surfaces of insulator 3010 and conductor 3005 are coplanar, as shown in Figure 17A. The insulator 3010 supported by the substrate 3000 may have a thickness, for example, in the range of 5-500 nm, and a dielectric layer of SiO2 , SiN, Al2O3 or other suitable insulating material may be used.

然后,较佳方法沉积绝缘体3015,如图17A所示。绝缘体3015可具有例如在5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可由SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料构成。绝缘体3015的厚度控制了导体3005的上表面与沉积在绝缘体3015上表面上的另一导体的下表面之间的间隔,如以下进一步描述。 Next, preferred methods deposit an insulator 3015, as shown in Figure 17A. Insulator 3015 may have a thickness, for example, in the range of 5-500 nm, and may be composed of SiO 2 , SiN, Al 2 O 3 or other suitable insulating material. The thickness of insulator 3015 controls the spacing between the upper surface of conductor 3005 and the lower surface of another conductor deposited on the upper surface of insulator 3015, as described further below.

然后,仍然参照图17A,较佳方法在绝缘体3015上沉积导体层3018。导体层3018的厚度确定了纳米管元件与第一导体之间的受控重叠长度,如以下进一步描述的。导体层3018可通过使用良好控制的沉积厚度而具有在例如5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可由诸如Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn等的金属合金。 Then, still referring to FIG. 17A , preferred methods deposit a conductor layer 3018 on the insulator 3015 . The thickness of the conductor layer 3018 determines the controlled overlap length between the nanotube elements and the first conductor, as described further below. The conductor layer 3018 can have a thickness in the range of, for example, 5-500 nm by using a well-controlled deposition thickness, and can be made of materials such as Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn metal, and other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, etc. may be used. the

然后,较佳方法沉积与导体层3018电接触的导体层3020,如图17A所示。导体层3020用于互连以下进一步描述的纳米管双端开关。导体层3020可通过使用良好控制的沉积厚度而具有在例如5-500nm范围内的厚度,并且可由诸如Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属及其组合构成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、TiN等的金属合金。 Next, preferred methods deposit a conductor layer 3020 in electrical contact with conductor layer 3018, as shown in Figure 17A. The conductor layer 3020 is used to interconnect the nanotube two-terminal switches described further below. The conductor layer 3020 can have a thickness in the range of, for example, 5-500 nm by using a well-controlled deposition thickness, and can be made of materials such as Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn metal, and other suitable metals and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, TiN, etc. may be used. the

然后,较佳方法在导体层3020的上表面上沉积绝缘体3022。绝缘体3022可具有例如5-500nm范围内的厚度,如图17A所示,并可由SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料构成。图17A可被视为初始结构。 Next, preferred methods deposit an insulator 3022 on the upper surface of the conductor layer 3020 . Insulator 3022 may have a thickness, for example, in the range of 5-500 nm, as shown in Figure 17A, and may be composed of SiO2 , SiN, Al2O3 , or other suitable insulating material. Figure 17A can be considered an initial structure.

然后,较佳方法在绝缘体3022上沉积并图形化掩模层3025,如图17B所示。掩模层3025可以是例如光刻层,并通过使用半导体工业已知的方法图形化。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a masking layer 3025 over the insulator 3022, as shown in Figure 17B. Masking layer 3025 may be, for example, a photoresist layer and is patterned using methods known in the semiconductor industry. the

然后,较佳方法选择性地移除绝缘体3022和导体层3020和3018的暴露部分。然后,较佳方法移除图形化掩模层3025,留下经图形化的绝缘体3022’、导体3030和导体3032,如图17C所示。这些方法使绝缘体3015的部分露出。可使用诸如RIE的较佳已知蚀刻方法来移除不同层的部分。 Next, preferred methods selectively remove the exposed portions of insulator 3022 and conductor layers 3020 and 3018 . Next, preferred methods remove patterned mask layer 3025, leaving patterned insulator 3022', conductor 3030, and conductor 3032, as shown in Figure 17C. These methods expose portions of the insulator 3015 . Portions of the different layers can be removed using better known etching methods such as RIE. the

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体3035,使得绝缘体3035绝缘(覆盖)导体3030的上表面,如图17D所示。绝缘体3035在导体3030上表面上的厚度并不重要,并可从例如5nm至500nm变化。绝缘体3035可由SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它合适绝缘材料构成。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize an insulator 3035 such that the insulator 3035 insulates (covers) the upper surface of the conductor 3030, as shown in Figure 17D. The thickness of the insulator 3035 on the upper surface of the conductor 3030 is not critical and may vary from, for example, 5nm to 500nm. Insulator 3035 may be composed of SiO 2 , SiN, Al 2 O 3 or other suitable insulating materials.

然后,较佳方法沉积并图形化掩模层3040,形成如图17E所示的开口3045。开口3045对应于垂直凹槽的位置,用于制作通过在导电元件上直接沉积垂直取向 的纳米管元件而形成的垂直非易失性纳米管双端开关。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a mask layer 3040 to form openings 3045 as shown in Figure 17E. Openings 3045 correspond to the location of vertical grooves for fabrication of vertical non-volatile nanotube two-terminal switches formed by direct deposition of vertically oriented nanotube elements on conductive elements. the

然后,较佳方法定向蚀刻导体3030,露出导体3032的上层,并形成导体3050A和3050B,如图17F所示。可使用针对导体3032选择的诸如RIE的较佳已知蚀刻方法。本步骤将导体3030分隔成两个导体,即导体3050A和3050B。 Next, preferred methods directionally etch conductor 3030, exposing the upper layer of conductor 3032, and forming conductors 3050A and 3050B, as shown in FIG. 17F. A preferred known etching method such as RIE selected for conductor 3032 may be used. This step separates conductor 3030 into two conductors, conductors 3050A and 3050B. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来沉积并图形化诸如SiO2、SiN、Al2O3或其它绝缘体的共形牺牲层3047,如图17F所示。层3047具有在例如1-150nm范围内的厚度。牺牲层3047的厚度控制并不重要,因为牺牲层厚度不用于定义如下进一步描述的受控接触重叠长度。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a conformal sacrificial layer 3047 such as SiO2 , SiN, Al2O3 or other insulator using known industry techniques, as shown in Figure 17F. Layer 3047 has a thickness in the range of, for example, 1-150 nm. Thickness control of the sacrificial layer 3047 is not critical because the sacrificial layer thickness is not used to define the controlled contact overlap length as described further below.

然后,较佳方法使用诸如RIE的公知工业方法来定向蚀刻共形牺牲层3047。这在对应导体3050A和3050B的侧壁区域上留下侧壁隔片3048A和3048B。这也使导体3032的上表面一部分露出,如图17G所示。 Preferred methods then directionally etch the conformal sacrificial layer 3047 using well-known industry methods such as RIE. This leaves sidewall spacers 3048A and 3048B on the sidewall regions corresponding to conductors 3050A and 3050B. This also exposes a portion of the upper surface of conductor 3032, as shown in Figure 17G. the

然后,较佳方法定向蚀刻导体3032、定向蚀刻绝缘体3015以及定向蚀刻导体3005,并在衬底3000的表面停止,以形成如图17H所示的凹槽3060。可使用采用反应离子蚀刻(RIE)的已知定向蚀刻制作方法来形成凹槽3060。形成凹槽3060的方法将导体3032分隔成两个导电体,即导体3052A和3052B。形成凹槽3060的方法还将导体3005分隔成两个导电元件,即3055A和3055B。形成凹槽3060的方法还在绝缘体3015中形成对应的凹槽开口。 Then, preferred methods directionally etch conductor 3032, directionally etch insulator 3015 and directionally etch conductor 3005, and stop at the surface of substrate 3000 to form groove 3060 as shown in FIG. 17H. Grooves 3060 may be formed using known directional etching fabrication methods using reactive ion etching (RIE). The method of forming groove 3060 separates conductor 3032 into two electrical conductors, conductors 3052A and 3052B. The method of forming groove 3060 also separates conductor 3005 into two conductive elements, namely 3055A and 3055B. The method of forming groove 3060 also forms a corresponding groove opening in insulator 3015 . the

然后,较佳方法在凹槽3060的底部和侧壁上、绝缘体3035的上表面上、以及侧壁隔片3048A和3048B的上表面上沉积共形纳米结构物3065,如图17I所示。纳米结构物3065可如所结合的专利文献所述地沉积。 Preferred methods then deposit conformal nanostructures 3065 on the bottom and sidewalls of recess 3060, on the upper surface of insulator 3035, and on the upper surfaces of sidewall spacers 3048A and 3048B, as shown in Figure 17I. Nanostructures 3065 can be deposited as described in the incorporated patent documents. the

然后,较佳方法使用例如TEOS的绝缘体来填充凹槽3060,使绝缘体3070的表面近似平坦化,如图17J所示。 A preferred method then fills the recess 3060 with an insulator, such as TEOS, to approximately planarize the surface of the insulator 3070, as shown in Figure 17J. the

然后,较佳方法在如图17K所示的凹槽区域中的绝缘体3070内蚀刻开口3075,露出纳米结构物3065的底部区域。开口3075不需要位于凹槽区域的中心,但是,开口3075不应暴露纳米结构物3065的侧壁区域(部分)。蚀刻绝缘体TEOS或其它绝缘体的较佳方法是半导体产业中公知的。 Next, preferred methods etch openings 3075 in the insulator 3070 in the recess region as shown in FIG. 17K , exposing the bottom region of the nanofabric 3065 . The opening 3075 need not be located in the center of the recess area, however, the opening 3075 should not expose the sidewall area (portion) of the nanofabric 3065 . Preferred methods of etching the insulator TEOS or other insulators are well known in the semiconductor industry. the

然后,较佳方法使用例如灰化或所结合的专利文献中所述的其它适当技术来在开口3075底部移除(蚀刻)纳米结构物暴露区域。具有垂直取向的纳米结构物片段3065A和3065B的所得结构在图17K中示出。 Preferred methods then remove (etch) the exposed areas of the nanofabric at the bottom of the opening 3075 using, for example, ashing or other suitable techniques as described in the incorporated patent documents. The resulting structure with vertically oriented nanofabric segments 3065A and 3065B is shown in Figure 17K. the

然后,较佳方法使用例如TEOS的绝缘体来填充开口3075,并且近似平坦化以得到如图17L所示的近似平坦化的绝缘体3080,该结构可按需通过例如CMP 进行进一步平坦化。如图17B-17L所示的组件可被视为中间结构。 A preferred method then fills the opening 3075 with an insulator such as TEOS and approximately planarizes to obtain a nearly planarized insulator 3080 as shown in FIG. 17L , the structure can be further planarized as desired by, for example, CMP. The components shown in Figures 17B-17L can be considered intermediate structures. the

然后,较佳方法移除(蚀刻)绝缘体3080并露出纳米结构物片段3065A和3065B的水平顶部。然后,较佳方法使用例如灰化或者所结合专利文献中所述的其它适当技术来移除这些水平顶部,以形成纳米管元件3090A和3090B。具有垂直取向的纳米管元件3090A和3090B的所得结构在图17M中示出。图17M所示的组件可被视为最终结构。 Next, preferred methods remove (etch) insulator 3080 and expose the horizontal tops of nanofabric segments 3065A and 3065B. Preferred methods then remove these horizontal tops using, for example, ashing or other suitable techniques as described in the incorporated patent documents, to form nanotube elements 3090A and 3090B. The resulting structure with vertically oriented nanotube elements 3090A and 3090B is shown in Figure 17M. The assembly shown in Figure 17M can be considered the final structure. the

开关3095A和3095B是镜像对,如图17M所示。开关3095A包括与导电元件3055A的整个高度重叠以形成近欧姆性接触的纳米管元件3090A。纳米管元件3090A与导体3052A的侧壁的整个高度重叠。导体3052A的高度定义了受控重叠长度3092A,该长度可在例如1-150nm的长度范围内。开关3095B包括与导电元件3055B的整个高度重叠以形成近欧姆性接触的纳米管元件3090B。纳米管元件3090B与导体3052B的侧壁的整个高度重叠。导体3052B的高度定义了受控重叠长度3092B,该长度可在例如1-150nm的长度范围内。虽然本实施方式的几何结构在很多方面与图1B所示的不同,但是长度3092A和3092B对应于图1B所示的受控重叠长度40’。 Switches 3095A and 3095B are mirrored pairs, as shown in Figure 17M. The switch 3095A includes a nanotube element 3090A that overlaps the entire height of the conductive element 3055A to form a near-ohmic contact. Nanotube element 3090A overlaps the entire height of the sidewall of conductor 3052A. The height of conductor 3052A defines a controlled overlap length 3092A, which may be in the range of length, eg, 1-150 nm. Switch 3095B includes a nanotube element 3090B that overlaps the entire height of conductive element 3055B to form a near-ohmic contact. Nanotube element 3090B overlaps the entire height of the sidewall of conductor 3052B. The height of conductor 3052B defines a controlled overlap length 3092B, which may be in the range of length, eg, 1-150 nm. While the geometry of this embodiment differs in many respects from that shown in FIG. 1B , lengths 3092A and 3092B correspond to controlled overlap length 40' shown in FIG. 1B . the

示例制作步骤Example making steps

初始结构由具有30nm热SiO2层的4”Si晶片构成。在晶片上图形化一组金质对准标记来定义60个7平方毫米管芯的阵列。使用O2灰化机来通过氧气等离子体对晶片进行2分钟预处理。将主要包含MWNT(大于50%)和SWNT(及其束)的3ml的纳米管水溶液分布到Si晶片的氧化物层上。通过旋涂工艺施加纳米管结构物,该工艺在所结合的参考文献中有更全面的描述。在纳米管旋涂之后将晶片放在烤盘上在150℃下烘烤,并且由4-点探针来测量所得纳米结构物的薄层电阻。重复该纳米管沉积程序直到纳米结构物的薄层电阻低于约1-2kΩ的指定值。在纳米管旋涂之间和之后将晶片放在烤盘上在150℃下烘烤。 The initial structure consisted of a 4" Si wafer with a 30nm thermal SiO2 layer. A set of gold alignment marks was patterned on the wafer to define an array of 60 7mm2 dies. An O2 asher was used to pass oxygen plasma The wafer was pretreated for 2 minutes in bulk. 3 ml of an aqueous nanotube solution containing mainly MWNTs (greater than 50%) and SWNTs (and bundles thereof) was distributed onto the oxide layer of the Si wafer. Nanotube structures were applied by a spin-coating process , the process is described more fully in the incorporated reference. After nanotube spin coating, the wafer was baked on a baking tray at 150°C, and the resulting nanostructures were measured by a 4-point probe. Sheet resistance. The nanotube deposition procedure was repeated until the sheet resistance of the nanostructures was below a specified value of about 1-2 kΩ. The wafer was baked at 150° C. on a baking tray between and after nanotube spin coating .

将400nm的PMMA光刻胶旋涂在纳米结构物上并置于烤盘上在180℃下烘烤5分钟。使用电子束光刻(EBL)来曝光光刻胶区域,并在MIBK:IPA溶液中显影。这打开了将变成纳米结构物与导电元件之间受控长度的重叠区域的纳米结构物上的受控长度窗口。电子束蒸镀的氧化铝上锗双层(分别10nm/100nm)被沉积并剥离。该剥离是在70℃下在NMP中完成的。通过使用等离子体反应离子蚀刻(RIE)将该硬掩模图案转移到纳米结构物上,使得除了该活性区域之外的纳米结构物被移 除。这定义了纳米管制品。 A 400 nm PMMA photoresist was spin-coated on the nanostructures and placed on a baking tray and baked at 180° C. for 5 minutes. The photoresist areas were exposed using electron beam lithography (EBL) and developed in MIBK:IPA solution. This opens a window of controlled length on the nanofabric that will become an overlap region of controlled length between the nanofabric and the conductive element. E-beam-evaporated germanium-on-alumina bilayers (10 nm/100 nm, respectively) were deposited and lifted off. The exfoliation was done in NMP at 70°C. The hard mask pattern was transferred onto the nanostructures by using plasma reactive ion etching (RIE), such that the nanostructures were removed except for the active area. This defines the nanotube article. the

NT硬掩模被剥离(室温下使用10∶1的DI∶过氧化物5分钟)以移除Ge和剥离氧化铝的TMAH溶液(Microposit 321显影液,室温下10分钟)。再次沉积PMMA光刻胶。使用EBL在光刻胶中写入导电元件图案并如上一样显影。使用电子束蒸镀来沉积100nm的Pd金属。(2nm的Ti用作Pd与氧化物之间的粘合剂。)NMP在70℃下完成剥离。将Shipley 1805光刻胶旋涂到晶片上。接触式光刻机用于图形化更大的金属触点,这些触点包括焊盘和连接到导电元件的迹线。将光刻胶在Microposit 321显影液中显影。沉积200nm的Au(具有作为Au与氧化物的粘合剂的2nm的Ti)。NMP在70℃下完成剥离。 The NT hardmask was stripped (5 min at room temperature using 10:1 DI:peroxide) to remove Ge and a TMAH solution of stripped alumina (Microposit 321 developer, 10 min at room temperature). Deposit PMMA photoresist again. Write the pattern of conductive elements in the photoresist using EBL and develop as above. 100 nm of Pd metal was deposited using electron beam evaporation. (2nm of Ti is used as a binder between Pd and oxide.) NMP completes exfoliation at 70°C. Spin coat Shipley 1805 photoresist onto the wafer. Contact lithography machines are used to pattern larger metal contacts, which include pads and traces that connect to conductive elements. The photoresist was developed in Microposit 321 developer. 200 nm of Au (with 2 nm of Ti as a binder of Au and oxide) was deposited. NMP completes the exfoliation at 70 °C. the

对10个管芯进行电测试,并且对在纳米管元件与导电元件之间具有从没有重叠到500nm重叠范围内的变化长度的重叠区域的器件,测量器件成品率。每个器件包含两个导电元件(或端子)。该测试使用探针卡在晶片级进行,并且某些晶片被切割并通过安装和引线接合到陶瓷DIN芯片封装而得以封装。使用DC源电表(source-meter)并且通过使用任意函数发生器/脉冲码型发生器来测试这些器件。为了读取器件状态,施加1伏脉冲并测量对应的电流。高或无限电阻对应于“打开”状态并且相对较低电阻对应于“闭合”状态。 Electrical testing was performed on 10 dies and device yield was measured for devices with overlapping regions of varying lengths ranging from no overlap to 500 nm overlap between nanotube elements and conductive elements. Each device contains two conductive elements (or terminals). The testing was performed at the wafer level using probe cards, and some wafers were diced and packaged by mounting and wire bonding to ceramic DIN chip packages. These devices were tested using a DC source-meter and by using an arbitrary function generator/pulse pattern generator. To read the device state, a 1 volt pulse was applied and the corresponding current was measured. High or infinite resistance corresponds to the "open" state and relatively low resistance corresponds to the "closed" state. the

通常“打开”状态呈现GΩ量级上的跨越两个导电元件的电阻,而“闭合”状态呈现10kΩ至几MΩ量级上的电阻。这些状态可通过电压脉冲在两个状态之间切换。器件的所需状态可通过在编程(PROGRAM)脉冲(将该器件切换到低电阻状态)期间引入电流限制来设定,或者通过在擦除(ERASE)脉冲(将该器件切换到高电阻状态)期间不引入电流约束来设定。编程脉冲的该电流限制(柔度)可设定在800nA而该脉冲的幅度可设定在5V。擦除脉冲的幅度可设定在8V。编程和擦除脉冲的宽度可分别设定在6ms和1μs。这些器件在其“打开”和“闭合”状态期间的电阻可通过将器件在“打开”和“闭合”状态之间切换的上百次反复而得以记录。器件出错被定义为电阻大于10MΩ的“闭合”状态和电阻大于10MΩ的“打开”状态。发现具有小于100nm NT-金属重叠的器件的典型错误百分比小于5%。 Typically the "open" state exhibits a resistance across the two conductive elements on the order of GΩ, while the "closed" state exhibits a resistance on the order of 10 kΩ to several MΩ. These states can be switched between two states by voltage pulses. The desired state of the device can be set by introducing a current limit during the PROGRAM pulse (switching the device to a low-resistance state), or by introducing a current limit during the erase (ERASE) pulse (switching the device to a high-resistance state) During this period, no current constraints are introduced to set. The current limit (flexibility) of the programming pulse can be set at 80OnA and the amplitude of the pulse can be set at 5V. The amplitude of the erase pulse can be set at 8V. The programming and erasing pulse widths can be set at 6ms and 1μs, respectively. The resistance of these devices during their "open" and "closed" states can be recorded by switching the device between the "open" and "closed" states hundreds of times. Device failure is defined as a "closed" state with a resistance greater than 10MΩ and an "open" state with a resistance greater than 10MΩ. The typical error percentage was found to be less than 5% for devices with less than 100nm NT-metal overlap. the

测试刚制成(as-fabricated)的双端纳米管开关Testing as-fabricated two-terminal nanotube switches

图18是示出初始器件可操作性测试100的实施方式的步骤的流程图。测试100评估诸如本文所示实施方式制成的2-TNS器件的操作。首先待测器件(DUT)2-TNS 接收读取(READ)操作(步骤200)以便于测量制成DUT的状态。读取操作(步骤200)通常通过跨越例如图1A中的导电元件15和20的DUT的两个适当导电元件施加1-3V的电压来进行。测量流过两个导电元件和诸如图1A中的纳米管元件25的纳米管元件的电流。在某些实施方式中,该电流通常在100nA-100μA的范围内。通过该信息,可以确定器件的第一和第二导电元件之间的电阻。这进而允许确定器件的状态。一般而言,器件的第一和第二导电元件之间的阻抗是器件状态的函数,并且也可通过测量开关的电特性来确定。 FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of an embodiment of an initial device operability test 100 . Test 100 evaluates the operation of a 2-TNS device made such as the embodiments shown herein. First the device under test (DUT) 2-TNS receives a READ operation (step 200) in order to measure the state of the fabricated DUT. The read operation (step 200 ) is typically performed by applying a voltage of 1-3V across two suitable conductive elements of the DUT, such as conductive elements 15 and 20 in FIG. 1A . The current flowing through the two conductive elements and a nanotube element such as nanotube element 25 in FIG. 1A is measured. In certain embodiments, this current is typically in the range of 100 nA-100 μA. From this information, the resistance between the first and second conductive elements of the device can be determined. This in turn allows the state of the device to be determined. In general, the impedance between the first and second conductive elements of the device is a function of the state of the device, and can also be determined by measuring the electrical characteristics of the switch. the

一般而言,较佳地在第一和第二导电元件之间具有相对较低电阻路径RLOW的状态下制作已制成DUT。如上所述,相对较低电阻路径对应于“闭合”或“编程”器件状态,其中电流相对容易通过纳米管元件在第一和第二导电元件之间流过。相对较高电阻路径RHIGH对应于“打开”或“擦除”器件状态,其中电流相对较难通过纳米管元件在第一和第二导电元件之间流过。在较佳实施方式中,RHIGH至少是RLOW的十倍。在较佳实施方式中,RHIGH大于1MΩ。RHIGH和RLOW状态都是非易失性的,即这些状态在功率移走或缺失时保持不变。 In general, it is preferable to fabricate the finished DUT in a state with a relatively low resistance path R LOW between the first and second conductive elements. As noted above, the relatively lower resistance path corresponds to a "closed" or "programmed" device state in which current flows relatively easily through the nanotube element between the first and second conductive elements. The relatively higher resistance path R HIGH corresponds to an "on" or "erased" device state in which it is relatively difficult for current to flow through the nanotube element between the first and second conductive elements. In a preferred embodiment, R HIGH is at least ten times R LOW . In a preferred embodiment, R HIGH is greater than 1 MΩ. Both R HIGH and R LOW states are non-volatile, ie these states remain unchanged when power is removed or lost.

如果读取操作(步骤200)测量的电阻R=RHIGH,则该DUT被放弃。如果读取操作(步骤200)测量的电阻R=RLOW,则对该DUT实施擦除循环(步骤400),以下将更加详细描述。 If the read operation (step 200) measures resistance R= RHIGH , then the DUT is discarded. If the resistance measured by the read operation (step 200 ) is R = RLOW , then an erase cycle is performed on the DUT (step 400 ), as will be described in more detail below.

在擦除循环(步骤400)中,DUT较佳地从RLOW的低电阻状态切换到RHIGH 的高电阻状态。如果DUT未被擦除并且保持在RLOW状态,则该DUT被放弃。如果DUT被擦除并且转换到RHIGH状态,则该DUT被接受并进行编程循环(步骤600),以下将更加详细描述。 During an erase cycle (step 400 ), the DUT preferably switches from a low resistance state of R LOW to a high resistance state of R HIGH . If the DUT is not erased and remains in the R LOW state, the DUT is discarded. If the DUT is erased and transitioned to the R HIGH state, then the DUT is accepted and subjected to a programming cycle (step 600), described in more detail below.

编程循环(步骤600)中,较佳地将DUT从RHIGH状态切换到RLOW状态。如果该DUT未被编程并保持在RHIGH状态,则该DUT被放弃。如果DUT被编程并转换到RLOW状态,则该DUT被接受作为操作开关(步骤700)。在替换实施方式中,例如在高产率工艺的情况下,可假定刚制成时DUT是操作开关(步骤700)并且省略操作测试100中的其它步骤。 During the programming loop (step 600), the DUT is preferably switched from the R HIGH state to the R LOW state. If the DUT is not programmed and remains in the R HIGH state, the DUT is discarded. If the DUT is programmed and transitioned to the RLOW state, then the DUT is accepted as an operating switch (step 700). In an alternative embodiment, such as in the case of a high throughput process, the DUT may be assumed to be an operational switch as-fabricated (step 700) and the other steps in the operational test 100 omitted.

图19是示出擦除循环(步骤400)的步骤的流程图。擦除循环(步骤400)较佳地将DUT从相对较低电阻状态切换到相对较高电阻状态。图5示出对应的擦除波形410。擦除循环(步骤400)通过读取操作(步骤210)开始。如果读取操作(步骤210)测量器件的电阻R=RFIGH,则该器件已经处于相对较高电阻状态。这样,擦除循环(步骤400)结束。如果读取操作(步骤210)测量的器件电阻R=RLOW, 则对DUT施加擦除波形(步骤410)。这些波形较佳地将DUT从低电阻状态切换到高电阻状态。 FIG. 19 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of the erase cycle (step 400). The erase cycle (step 400) preferably switches the DUT from a relatively lower resistance state to a relatively higher resistance state. FIG. 5 shows a corresponding erase waveform 410 . The erase cycle (step 400) begins with a read operation (step 210). If the read operation (step 210 ) measures the resistance of the device R = R FIGH , then the device is already in a relatively high resistance state. Thus, the erase loop (step 400) ends. If the read operation (step 210) measures the device resistance R= RLOW , then apply an erase waveform to the DUT (step 410). These waveforms preferably switch the DUT from a low resistance state to a high resistance state.

在DUT的导电元件之间施加最大电压,在一实施方式中约为8V,如图20所示。参照图1A中的导电元件15和20。该电压导致具有最大电流的对应电流,该最大电流表示成功的擦除操作并且在一实施方式中为15μA。擦除循环(步骤400)的结果与擦除电压的极性和/或擦除电流方向无关。图20中的电压极性和电流方向可被反转,而不会改变擦除过程(步骤400)。 A maximum voltage is applied across the conductive elements of the DUT, approximately 8V in one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 20 . Reference is made to conductive elements 15 and 20 in FIG. 1A. This voltage results in a corresponding current with a maximum current indicative of a successful erase operation and in one embodiment is 15 μA. The result of the erase cycle (step 400) is independent of the polarity of the erase voltage and/or the direction of the erase current. The voltage polarity and current direction in FIG. 20 can be reversed without changing the erase process (step 400). the

在某些实施方式中,最大擦除电压在8-10V范围内。擦除电流在相对较宽的范围上变化并且通常取决于纳米管元件中的纳米管密度和/或受控重叠长度。对于具有跨越导电元件之间距离的5-10个纳米管(或纳米管电网络)的DUT,电流可在1-30μA的范围内,或者可以更高。在擦除脉冲起始处很难知道操作擦除电流是多少,因为该器件在极短的时间尺度上对该电压作出反应,从而使瞬时擦除电流很难获知。擦除循环(步骤400)的电压、电流和成功不随诸如Al、W、Ti、Pd的接触冶金术显著变化。 In some embodiments, the maximum erase voltage is in the range of 8-10V. The erase current varies over a relatively wide range and typically depends on the nanotube density and/or controlled overlap length in the nanotube element. For a DUT with 5-10 nanotubes (or electrical network of nanotubes) spanning the distance between conductive elements, the current may be in the range of 1-30 μA, or may be higher. It is difficult to know what the operating erase current is at the start of the erase pulse because the device reacts to this voltage on an extremely short time scale, making the instantaneous erase current difficult to know. The voltage, current and success of the erase cycle (step 400) do not vary significantly with contact metallurgy such as Al, W, Ti, Pd. the

然而,擦除循环(步骤400)所需的电压、电流和时间可随纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度变化。参照图1B中的长度40’。对于图20所示的波形410,对于在50-100nm之间的示例性重叠尺寸,擦除时间约为300ns。一般而言,较短的受控重叠长度通常造成较短的擦除时间。例如,大于约100nm的受控重叠长度可造成毫秒范围内的擦除时间,而小于约50nm或更小的长度会造成纳秒范围内的擦除时间。存在这样的关系:较长的重叠通常需要更大的擦除电压幅度。 However, the voltage, current and time required for the erase cycle (step 400) can vary with the controlled overlap length between the nanotube element and the conductive element. See length 40' in Figure 1B. For the waveform 410 shown in FIG. 20, the erase time is approximately 300 ns for an exemplary overlap size between 50-100 nm. In general, shorter controlled overlap lengths generally result in shorter erase times. For example, controlled overlap lengths greater than about 100 nm can result in erase times in the millisecond range, while lengths of less than about 50 nm or less can result in erase times in the nanosecond range. There is a relationship that longer overlap generally requires a larger erase voltage magnitude. the

图20中的波形410示出使用单个擦除脉冲擦除的DUT。然而,在许多非易失性应用中,可使用多个擦除脉冲来成功擦除DUT。图19中的计数器(步骤420)用于对施加于DUT)的擦除循环数进行计数。如果循环数达到最大的定义循环数,NMAX,则舍弃该DUT。NMAX的最大允许值取决于应用要求、工艺细节和特定实施方式,但是不希望NMAX超过10-12个循环。 Waveform 410 in FIG. 20 shows a DUT erased using a single erase pulse. However, in many non-volatile applications, multiple erase pulses can be used to successfully erase the DUT. The counter (step 420) in FIG. 19 is used to count the number of erase cycles applied to the DUT). If the number of cycles reaches the maximum defined number of cycles, N MAX , the DUT is discarded. The maximum allowable value of N MAX depends on application requirements, process details and particular implementation, but N MAX is not expected to exceed 10-12 cycles.

图21是示出编程循环(步骤600)的步骤的流程图。编程循环(步骤600)较佳地将DUT从相对较高电阻状态切换到相对较低电阻状态。图22A示出对应的编程波形710。编程循环(步骤600)通过读取操作(步骤230)开始。如果读取操作(步骤230)测量器件的电阻R=RLOW,则该器件已经处于低电阻状态。这样,编程循环(步骤600)结束。如果读取操作(步骤230)测量的器件电阻R=RHIGH,则对DUT施加编程波形(步骤610)。这些波形较佳地将DUT从高电阻状态切换 到低电阻状态。 FIG. 21 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of the programming loop (step 600). The programming loop (step 600) preferably switches the DUT from a relatively high resistance state to a relatively low resistance state. A corresponding programming waveform 710 is shown in FIG. 22A . The program loop (step 600) begins with a read operation (step 230). If the read operation (step 230) measures the resistance of the device R= RLOW , then the device is already in a low resistance state. Thus, the programming loop (step 600) ends. If the read operation (step 230) measures the device resistance R= RHIGH , then a programming waveform is applied to the DUT (step 610). These waveforms preferably switch the DUT from a high resistance state to a low resistance state.

在DUT的导电元件之间施加最大电压,在一实施方式中约为5V,如图22A所示。参照图1A中的导电元件15和20。该电压导致编程期间具有最大电流的对应电流,该最大电流在一实施方式中为30μA。这表示成功的编程操作。编程循环(步骤600)的结果与编程电压的极性和/或编程电流方向无关。图22A中的电压极性和电流方向可被反转,而不会改变编程过程(步骤600)。 A maximum voltage, approximately 5V in one embodiment, is applied across the conductive elements of the DUT, as shown in Figure 22A. Reference is made to conductive elements 15 and 20 in FIG. 1A. This voltage results in a corresponding current during programming with a maximum current, which in one embodiment is 30 μA. This indicates a successful program operation. The result of the programming loop (step 600) is independent of the polarity of the programming voltage and/or the direction of the programming current. The voltage polarity and current direction in Figure 22A can be reversed without changing the programming process (step 600). the

在某些实施方式中,编程电压较佳地在3-5V范围内。对于具有跨越导电元件之间距离的5-20个纳米管(或纳米管电网络)的DUT,电流可在1-60μA的范围内。在擦除脉冲起始处很难知道操作擦除电流是多少,因为该器件在极短的时间尺度上对该电压作出反应,从而使瞬时擦除电流很难获知。编程循环(步骤600)的电压、电流和成功不随诸如Al、W、Ti、Pd的接触冶金术而显著变化。 In some embodiments, the programming voltage is preferably in the range of 3-5V. For a DUT with 5-20 nanotubes (or electrical network of nanotubes) spanning the distance between conductive elements, the current can be in the range of 1-60 μA. It is difficult to know what the operating erase current is at the start of the erase pulse because the device reacts to this voltage on an extremely short time scale, making the instantaneous erase current difficult to know. The voltage, current and success of the programming cycle (step 600) do not vary significantly with contact metallurgy such as Al, W, Ti, Pd. the

编程循环(步骤600)的时序并不随纳米管元件与导电元件之间的受控重叠长度而显著变化。参照图1B的长度40’。 The timing of the programming loop (step 600) does not vary significantly with the controlled overlap length between the nanotube elements and the conductive elements. See length 40' of Figure 1B. the

编程循环的成功可通过读取操作(步骤240)来确认。在一实施方式中,约7.5μA的电流对应于相对较低电阻状态。读取操作期间在off状态的电流可以在pA范围内。 The success of the program loop can be confirmed by a read operation (step 240). In one embodiment, a current of about 7.5 μA corresponds to a relatively lower resistance state. The current in the off state during a read operation may be in the pA range. the

图22A中的波形710示出使用单个编程脉冲来编程的DUT。然而,在许多非易失性应用中,可使用多个编程脉冲来成功编程DUT。图21中的计数器(步骤620)用于对施加到DUT的编程脉冲数进行计数。如果循环次数达到最大的预定循环次数,MMAX,则舍弃该DUT。MMAX的最大允许值取决于应用要求、工艺细节和特定实施方式,然而,不期望MMAX超过10至12个循环。 Waveform 710 in Figure 22A shows a DUT programmed using a single programming pulse. However, in many non-volatile applications, multiple programming pulses can be used to successfully program the DUT. The counter in Figure 21 (step 620) is used to count the number of programming pulses applied to the DUT. If the number of cycles reaches the maximum predetermined number of cycles, M MAX , the DUT is discarded. The maximum allowable value of M MAX depends on application requirements, process details and particular implementation, however, M MAX is not expected to exceed 10 to 12 cycles.

DUT在失效之前能承受的在高电阻“打开”状态和低电阻“闭合”状态之间的最大循环次数是重要参数。图22A的波形710示出经历以下步骤的DUT的电压和电流:读取、编程、读取、擦除。图22B示出在失效之前使用这些步骤反复循环约5千万次操作的DUT的电阻值650。图22B示出在约10kΩ至40Ω范围内的RLOW值,以及超过10GΩ的RHIGH值。这些值的分散反映了测量设备的分辨率。值RHIGH和RLOW的比值超过5个量级,使得对应状态易于电学检测。 The maximum number of cycles a DUT can withstand between a high-resistance "open" state and a low-resistance "closed" state before failure is an important parameter. Waveform 710 of FIG. 22A shows the voltage and current of a DUT undergoing the following steps: read, program, read, erase. FIG. 22B shows the resistance value 650 of a DUT that was repeatedly cycled using these steps for about 50 million operations before failure. Figure 22B shows values of R LOW in the range of about 10kΩ to 40Ω, and values of R HIGH exceeding 10GΩ. The spread of these values reflects the resolution of the measurement equipment. The ratio of the values R HIGH and R LOW exceeds 5 orders of magnitude, making the corresponding states easy to detect electrically.

一般而言,具有两个容易检测的状态的2-TNS可用作非易失性随机存取存储器(NRAM)。两个状态可用作器件的信息状态。 In general, 2-TNS with two easily detectable states can be used as non-volatile random access memory (NRAM). Two states are available as information states for the device. the

使用具有一个晶体管和一个双端纳米管开关的单元的NRAM存储器阵列结构及其制作方法NRAM memory array structure using cells having one transistor and one double-terminal nanotube switch and method of making the same

双端纳米管开关可用于生产比现有技术中的存储器阵列具有许多期望特征的非易失性随机存取存储器(NRAM)阵列,如同时提交并具有与本发明共同受让人的题为“Memory Arrays Using Nanotube Articles With Reprogrammable Resistance(使用具有可重新编程的电阻的纳米管制品的存储器阵列)”的美国专利申请No.(待发表)所详述的。例如,包含2-TNS阵列的存储器件可实现至少与当代技术中的存储器单元同样密集的存储器密度,提供非破坏性的读出(NDRO)操作、失去或移除功率时的非易失性数据保持、和快速随机存取时间。 Two-terminal nanotube switches can be used to produce non-volatile random access memory (NRAM) arrays that have many desirable features over prior art memory arrays, as described in a document entitled " Memory Arrays Using Nanotube Articles With Reprogrammable Resistance (using a memory array of nanotube products with reprogrammable resistance)" is detailed in US Patent Application No. (to be published). For example, memory devices incorporating 2-TNS arrays can achieve memory densities at least as dense as memory cells in contemporary technology, providing non-destructive readout (NDRO) operations, non-volatile data when power is lost or removed retention, and fast random access times. the

如与本发明同日提交并共同受让人的题为“Non-Volatile Shadow Latch Using ANanotube Switch(使用纳米管开关的非易失性阴影锁存器)”的美国专利申请No.(待发表)中更详细描述的,NRAM单元面积的最小化是合乎需要的,因为由多个单元构成的NRAM阵列使用更少的硅面积、具有更高的性能、并且消耗更少的功率。存储器性能增强并且功耗降低,因为更短的阵列线具有更少的容性负载。而且,更少的NRAM阵列面积造成更小的芯片尺寸用于NRAM功能,导致每个晶片更多的芯片以及对应的更低的存储器成本。如工业上公知的,可就最小特征尺寸F来计算单元面积。一般而言,对于使用具有一个选择晶体管的双端纳米管开关的NRAM单元的某些实施方式,单元密度可与诸如堆栈电容器DRAM单元的DRAM单元的单元密度类似。在此,约8F2的单元面积大小是期望的,其中F是给定技术的最小特征面积。对于包括如上集成选择晶体管的双端纳米管开关的其它实施方式,密度部分取决于可堆栈的双端开关的数目。在此,约4至6F2的单元面积大小是期望的,并且可实现与闪存单元的类似的单元密度,这比DRAM单元更加密集。 As in U.S. Patent Application No. (to be published) entitled "Non-Volatile Shadow Latch Using ANanotube Switch" filed on the same date as the present invention and co-assignee Described in more detail, minimization of NRAM cell area is desirable because NRAM arrays composed of multiple cells use less silicon area, have higher performance, and consume less power. Memory performance is enhanced and power consumption is reduced because shorter array lines have less capacitive loading. Also, less NRAM array area results in smaller chip sizes for NRAM functions, resulting in more chips per die and correspondingly lower memory costs. The cell area can be calculated for the minimum feature size F as is known in the industry. In general, for certain embodiments of NRAM cells using two-terminal nanotube switches with one select transistor, the cell density may be similar to that of DRAM cells, such as stacked capacitor DRAM cells. Here, a cell area size of about 8F is desired, where F is the smallest feature area for a given technology. For other implementations of double-terminal nanotube switches including integrated select transistors as above, the density depends in part on the number of double-terminal switches that can be stacked. Here, a cell area size of about 4 to 6F is desirable and can achieve similar cell densities as flash memory cells, which are denser than DRAM cells.

为了制作本发明的较佳实施方式,较佳方法包括上述制造2-TNS的方法中的一个或多个。虽然上述方法使用在纳米管元件与导电元件之间采用受控重叠来热工程设计该开关的2-TNS,但是可使用任何方法来热工程设计该开关。 To make preferred embodiments of the present invention, preferred methods include one or more of the above-described methods of producing 2-TNS. While the method described above uses 2-TNS with controlled overlap between nanotube elements and conductive elements to thermally engineer the switch, any method can be used to thermally engineer the switch. the

一般而言,虽然未示出,但是应该理解,在所述实施方式中的元件与存储器操作电路电连通,该电路与上述刺激电路类似。在所述的NRAM阵列中,存储器操作电路与位线、字线和编程/擦除/读取线电连通,这使该电路可选择阵列中的一个或多个单元并以以上对刺激电路所述的类似方式来改变和/或确定单元的状态。 In general, although not shown, it should be understood that the elements in the described embodiments are in electrical communication with memory operating circuitry similar to the stimulation circuitry described above. In the described NRAM array, the memory operation circuitry is in electrical communication with the bit lines, word lines, and program/erase/read lines, which allows the circuitry to select one or more cells in the array and to do so as described above for the stimulus circuitry. Change and/or determine the state of a cell in a similar manner as described above. the

制造NRAM阵列的一种方法在图23A-23E中示出。图23A示出具有平坦化上表面1355的初始结构1300。单元选择晶体管1335包括源极1315、漏极1310和在硅衬底1305中形成的沟道区域1330。用侧壁隔片1325和如下在阵列平面视 图中进一步描述的阵列字线的一部分而制作的栅极1320,使用公知的MOSFET器件操作方法来控制沟道区域1330的ON和OFF状态。嵌入到电介质1350中的接线柱1340提供从源极1315到初始结构1300的平坦化表面1355的导电路径。嵌入到电介质1350中的接线柱1345提供从漏极1310到初始结构1300的平坦化表面1355的电路径。 One method of fabricating an NRAM array is shown in Figures 23A-23E. FIG. 23A shows an initial structure 1300 with a planarized upper surface 1355 . The cell selection transistor 1335 includes a source 1315 , a drain 1310 and a channel region 1330 formed in the silicon substrate 1305 . Gates 1320, fabricated with sidewall spacers 1325 and a portion of the array wordlines described further below in the array plan view, control the ON and OFF states of channel region 1330 using well-known methods of MOSFET device operation. Studs 1340 embedded in dielectric 1350 provide a conductive path from source 1315 to planarized surface 1355 of initial structure 1300 . Studs 1345 embedded in dielectric 1350 provide an electrical path from drain 1310 to planarized surface 1355 of initial structure 1300 . the

然后,以上进一步描述的较佳方法形成中间结构1070A和1070B,它们是与底层晶体管电连通的2-TNS器件,如图23B所示。结构1070A对应于如图8F所示的非易失性双端开关1070。结构1070B是具有对应配线和互连的结构1070A的镜像。例如2-TNS 1070A的导电元件1005与纳米管元件1025和接线柱1340重叠并近欧姆性接触。这在纳米管元件1025与晶体管1335的源极1315之间形成导电路径,实现2-TNS 1070A中的擦除、编程和/或读取操作。以类似方式将2-TNS 1070B连接到结构1300的表面1355下方的晶体管的源极。 Preferred methods further described above then form intermediate structures 1070A and 1070B, which are 2-TNS devices in electrical communication with underlying transistors, as shown in Figure 23B. Structure 1070A corresponds to non-volatile two-terminal switch 1070 as shown in Figure 8F. Structure 1070B is a mirror image of structure 1070A with corresponding wiring and interconnections. Conductive element 1005, such as 2-TNS 1070A, overlaps and makes near-ohmic contact with nanotube element 1025 and post 1340. This forms a conductive path between the nanotube element 1025 and the source 1315 of the transistor 1335, enabling erase, program and/or read operations in the 2-TNS 1070A. The 2-TNS 1070B is connected to the source of the transistor below the surface 1355 of the structure 1300 in a similar manner. the

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体1360,如图23C所示。绝缘体1360可以是使用公知的半导体制造方法沉积并平坦化的例如TEOS或另一绝缘体。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize an insulator 1360, as shown in Figure 23C. Insulator 1360 may be, for example, TEOS or another insulator deposited and planarized using known semiconductor fabrication methods. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造方法在绝缘体1360和绝缘体1000中蚀刻通孔,露出接线柱1345的上表面,如图23D的横截面1395所示。 Next, preferred methods etch vias in insulator 1360 and insulator 1000 using known semiconductor fabrication methods to expose the top surface of post 1345, as shown in cross-section 1395 of FIG. 23D. the

然后,较佳方法沉积并图形化导电层,以形成如图23D的横截面1395所示的接线柱1370和位线1375以及如图23E的对应平面视图1395’所示的位线1375’。通过接线柱1370和1345在位线1375(1375’)和漏极1310之间形成导电路径。如果晶体管1335处于OFF状态,则沟道区域1330未形成并且位线1375(1375’)与纳米管元件1025电绝缘。然而,如果晶体管1335处于ON状态,则形成连接漏极1310和源极1315的导电沟道。这通过接线柱1370和1345、漏极1310、沟道1330、源极1315、接线柱1340和导电元件1005在位线1375(1375’)与纳米管元件1025之间形成导电路径。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a conductive layer to form post 1370 and bitline 1375 as shown in cross-section 1395 of Figure 23D and bitline 1375' as shown in corresponding plan view 1395' of Figure 23E. A conductive path is formed between bit line 1375 (1375') and drain 1310 through studs 1370 and 1345. If transistor 1335 is in the OFF state, channel region 1330 is not formed and bit line 1375 (1375') is electrically isolated from nanotube element 1025. However, if transistor 1335 is in the ON state, a conductive channel connecting drain 1310 and source 1315 is formed. This forms a conductive path between bit line 1375 (1375') and nanotube element 1025 through posts 1370 and 1345, drain 1310, channel 1330, source 1315, post 1340, and conductive element 1005. the

图23D和23E示出晶体管1335的不同视图,它用于使用栅极1320来选择(或不选择)单元1390A,该栅极还是字线1320’的一部分。诸如单元1390B的其它单元可通过激活诸如1325’的其它字线来选择。导电元件1055’与单元1390A中的纳米管元件1025重叠较佳地为1-150nm的受控重叠长度1050,并且同时与其它存储单元中的其它纳米管元件重叠约同一受控重叠长度1050。因此,导电元件1055’互连多个单元,并且该元件在如上详细所述的擦除、编程和/或读取操作中使用。包含一个选择晶体管和一个非易失性双端开关布局的非易失性存储单元1390A和 1390B彼此是镜像。完成NRAM功能(未示出)的制造和钝化的附加较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造技术。 Figures 23D and 23E show different views of transistor 1335, which is used to select (or deselect) cell 1390A using gate 1320, which is also part of word line 1320'. Other cells, such as cell 1390B, can be selected by activating other word lines, such as 1325'. Conductive element 1055' overlaps nanotube element 1025 in cell 1390A by a controlled overlap length 1050 of preferably 1-150 nm, and simultaneously overlaps other nanotube elements in other memory cells by about the same controlled overlap length 1050. Thus, conductive element 1055' interconnects multiple cells, and this element is used in erase, program and/or read operations as described in detail above. Nonvolatile memory cells 1390A and 1390B, which include a select transistor and a nonvolatile two-terminal switch layout, are mirror images of each other. Additional preferred methods of accomplishing the fabrication and passivation of the NRAM function (not shown) use well-known semiconductor fabrication techniques. the

对应于图8F所示的非易失性双端开关1070的存储器单元1390A和1390B(图23E)在存储器阵列横截面1395和对应的存储器平面视图1395’中示出,并得到10F2的单元面积。 Memory cells 1390A and 1390B (FIG. 23E) corresponding to nonvolatile two-terminal switch 1070 shown in FIG. 8F are shown in memory array cross-section 1395 and corresponding memory plan view 1395', and result in a cell area of 10F2. the

在图24中示出并描述的第二制作方法,通过使用如图15N所示的垂直取向SWNT结构物开关1295A和1295B来将单元1390A和1390B的单元面积减小约30%,以在相邻单元之间实现更紧密的源极-源极间距,如下进一步描述。 The second fabrication method, shown and described in FIG. 24, reduces the cell area of cells 1390A and 1390B by approximately 30% by using vertically oriented SWNT fabric switches 1295A and 1295B as shown in FIG. Tighter source-source spacing between cells is achieved, as described further below. the

图24A示出具有平坦化顶部结构1455的初始结构1400。结构1400相对于图23A所示的源极1315扩散之间的间隔减小了源极1415扩散之间的间隔。源极扩散的更近间隔需要不同方法来制作非易失性双端中间结构,如下进一步描述。单元选择晶体管1435包括源极1415、漏极1410和在硅衬底1405上形成的沟道区域1430。在用侧壁隔片1425和如下在阵列平面视图中进一步描述的阵列字线一部分而制作的栅极1420,使用公知的MOSFET器件操作方法来控制沟道区1430的ON和OFF状态。嵌入电介质1450的接线柱1440提供从源极1415到部分制作的半导体结构1400的平坦化表面1455的导电路径。嵌入到电介质1450中的接线柱1445提供从漏极1410到初始结构1400的平坦化表面1455的导电路径。 FIG. 24A shows an initial structure 1400 with a planarized top structure 1455 . Structure 1400 reduces the spacing between source 1415 diffusions relative to the spacing between source 1315 diffusions shown in FIG. 23A. The closer spacing of the source diffusions requires a different approach to fabricating the non-volatile two-terminal intermediate structure, as described further below. The cell selection transistor 1435 includes a source 1415 , a drain 1410 and a channel region 1430 formed on the silicon substrate 1405 . On gate 1420 fabricated with sidewall spacers 1425 and a portion of the array wordlines described further below in Array Plan View, the ON and OFF states of channel region 1430 are controlled using well known MOSFET device operation methods. Studs 1440 embedded in dielectric 1450 provide a conductive path from source 1415 to planarized surface 1455 of partially fabricated semiconductor structure 1400 . Studs 1445 embedded in dielectric 1450 provide a conductive path from drain 1410 to planarized surface 1455 of initial structure 1400 . the

然后,以上进一步描述的较佳方法形成与各自底层晶体管互连的双端纳米管存储器件的中间结构1295A和1295B,如图24B所示。中间结构1295A和1295B的垂直取向用于将相邻非易失性双端器件定位在更加紧密间隔开的源极扩散1415。结构1295A与如图15N所示的非易失性双端开关结构1295A相同。结构1295B与图15N所示的非易失性双端开关结构1295B相同。结构1295B是具有对应配线和互连的结构1295A的镜像。例如,2-TNS 1295A的导电元件1205A与纳米管元件1255A和接线柱1440重叠并近欧姆性接触。这在纳米管元件1255A与晶体管1435源极1415之间形成导电路径,在2-TNS 1070A中实现擦除、编程和/或读取操作。2-TNS 1270B以类似方式连接于结构1400表面1455下方的晶体管源极。 Preferred methods further described above then form intermediate structures 1295A and 1295B of two-terminal nanotube memory devices interconnected with respective underlying transistors, as shown in Figure 24B. The vertical orientation of intermediate structures 1295A and 1295B is used to position adjacent nonvolatile two-terminal devices at more closely spaced source diffusions 1415 . Structure 1295A is the same as non-volatile two-terminal switch structure 1295A as shown in Figure 15N. Structure 1295B is the same as non-volatile two-terminal switch structure 1295B shown in Figure 15N. Structure 1295B is a mirror image of structure 1295A with corresponding wiring and interconnections. For example, conductive element 1205A of 2-TNS 1295A overlaps and makes near-ohmic contact with nanotube element 1255A and post 1440. This forms a conductive path between nanotube element 1255A and transistor 1435 source 1415, enabling erase, program and/or read operations in 2-TNS 1070A. 2-TNS 1270B is similarly connected to the source of the transistor below surface 1455 of structure 1400. the

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体1460,如图24C所示。绝缘体1460可以是使用公知半导体制造方法来沉积并平坦化的例如TEOS或另一绝缘体。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize an insulator 1460, as shown in Figure 24C. Insulator 1460 may be, for example, TEOS or another insulator deposited and planarized using known semiconductor fabrication methods. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知半导体制作方法来在绝缘体1460和绝缘体1200中蚀刻通孔,露出如图24D的横截面图1495所示的接线柱1445的上表面。 Next, preferred methods use known semiconductor fabrication methods to etch vias in insulator 1460 and insulator 1200, exposing the upper surface of stud 1445 as shown in cross-sectional view 1495 of FIG. 24D. the

然后,较佳方法沉积并图形化导电层,形成如图24D所示的导电接线柱1470 和位线横截面1475以及如图24E中对应平面视图1495’中所示的位线平面图1475’。导电路径通过接线柱1470和1445在位线1475(1475’)与漏极1410之间形成。如果晶体管1435处于OFF状态,则不形成沟道区域1430,并且位线1475(1475’)与纳米管元件1255A电绝缘。然而,如果晶体管1435处于ON状态,则在区域1430中形成连接漏极1410和源极1415的导电沟道。这通过接线柱1470和1445、漏极1410、沟道1430、源极1415、接线柱1440和导电元件1205A在位线1475(1475’)与纳米管元件1255A之间形成导电路径。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a conductive layer to form conductive posts 1470 and bit line cross-sections 1475 as shown in FIG. 24D and bit line plan 1475' as shown in corresponding plan view 1495' in FIG. 24E. A conductive path is formed between bit line 1475 (1475') and drain 1410 through studs 1470 and 1445. If transistor 1435 is in the OFF state, channel region 1430 is not formed and bit line 1475 (1475') is electrically isolated from nanotube element 1255A. However, if transistor 1435 is in the ON state, a conductive channel connecting drain 1410 and source 1415 is formed in region 1430 . This forms a conductive path between bit line 1475 (1475') and nanotube element 1255A through posts 1470 and 1445, drain 1410, channel 1430, source 1415, post 1440, and conductive element 1205A. the

图24D和24E示出用于使用栅极1420来选择(或不选择)单元1490A的晶体管1435的不同视图,该栅极也是字线1420’的一部分。导电元件1270A(1270A’)与纳米管元件1255A重叠较佳地为1-150nm的受控重叠长度1275A,同时与在另一存储单元中的其它纳米管元件重叠近似相同的受控重叠长度。因此,导电元件1270A互连多个单元,并且该单元在以上详细描述的擦除、编程、和/或读取操作中使用。包含一个选择晶体管和一个非易失性双端开关布局的非易失性存储单元1490A和1490B是彼此的镜像。完成NRAM功能(未示出)的制作和钝化的附加较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造技术。 24D and 24E show different views of transistor 1435 used to select (or deselect) cell 1490A using gate 1420, which is also part of word line 1420'. Conductive element 1270A (1270A') overlaps nanotube element 1255A by a controlled overlap length 1275A of preferably 1-150 nm, while overlapping other nanotube elements in another memory cell by approximately the same controlled overlap length. Thus, conductive element 1270A interconnects multiple cells, and the cell is used in the erase, program, and/or read operations described in detail above. Nonvolatile memory cells 1490A and 1490B, which include a select transistor and a nonvolatile two-terminal switch layout, are mirror images of each other. Additional preferred methods of accomplishing the fabrication and passivation of the NRAM function (not shown) use well-known semiconductor fabrication techniques. the

存储器单元1490A和1490B(图24E)具有相同的约7E2的单元面积,它比具有约10F2单元面积的单元1390A和1390B(图23E)小约30%。 Memory cells 1490A and 1490B (FIG. 24E) have the same cell area of about 7E2 , which is about 30% smaller than cells 1390A and 1390B (FIG. 23E), which have a cell area of about 10F2 .

图25A-E中描述并示出将图13E所示的单元1390A和1390B的单元面积减小约30%的另一制作方法。这可通过将图23D的单元1070A和1070B互换使得导电元件与连接位线和漏极的接线柱相邻来完成。这在相邻单元之间实现更紧密的源极-源极间距,如下进一步描述。在接触位线的接线柱的上区部分需要附加绝缘步骤以防止位线与导电元件之间因通孔配准不良引起的短路,如下进一步描述。 Another method of fabrication that reduces the cell area of cells 1390A and 1390B shown in FIG. 13E by approximately 30% is described and illustrated in FIGS. 25A-E . This can be accomplished by interchanging cells 1070A and 1070B of FIG. 23D so that the conductive element is adjacent to the stud connecting the bit line to the drain. This enables tighter source-source spacing between adjacent cells, as described further below. An additional insulation step is required on the upper portion of the stud that contacts the bit line to prevent shorts between the bit line and conductive elements due to via misregistration, as described further below. the

图25A示出具有平坦化顶部结构1555的初始结构1500。单元选择晶体管1535包括源极1515、漏极1510和在硅衬底1505上形成的沟道区域1530。在通过侧壁隔片1525和如下在阵列平面视图中进一步描述的阵列字线一部分而制作的栅极1520,通过使用公知的MOSFET器件操作方法来控制沟道区1530的ON和OFF状态。嵌入电介质1550的接线柱1540提供从源极1515到初始结构1500的平坦化表面1555的导电路径。嵌入到电介质1550中的接线柱1545提供从漏极1510到初始结构1500的平坦化表面1555的导电路径。 FIG. 25A shows an initial structure 1500 with a planarized top structure 1555 . The cell selection transistor 1535 includes a source 1515 , a drain 1510 and a channel region 1530 formed on the silicon substrate 1505 . The ON and OFF states of the channel region 1530 are controlled by using well known methods of MOSFET device operation at the gate 1520 fabricated through sidewall spacers 1525 and a portion of the array wordlines as described further below in Array Plan View. Posts 1540 embedded in dielectric 1550 provide a conductive path from source 1515 to planarized surface 1555 of initial structure 1500 . Studs 1545 embedded in dielectric 1550 provide a conductive path from drain 1510 to planarized surface 1555 of initial structure 1500 . the

然后,以上进一步描述的较佳方法形成与各自底层晶体管互连的2-TNS 1070A和1070B,如图25B所示。结构1070A对应于图8F所示的非易失性双端开关结构 1070。结构1070B是具有对应配线和互连的结构1070A的镜像。与图23B相比,2-TNS 1070A和1070B的位置相对于例如晶体管1535的相应底层晶体管而互换。2-TNS的导电元件1005与纳米管元件1025和接线柱1540重叠并近欧姆性接触。这在纳米管元件1025与晶体管1535源极1515之间形成导电路径,在2-TNS 1070A中实现擦除、编程和/或读取操作。 The preferred method described further above then forms 2-TNS 1070A and 1070B interconnected with respective underlying transistors, as shown in Figure 25B. Structure 1070A corresponds to non-volatile two-terminal switch structure 1070 shown in FIG. 8F. Structure 1070B is a mirror image of structure 1070A with corresponding wiring and interconnections. Compared to FIG. 23B , the positions of 2-TNS 1070A and 1070B are swapped with respect to corresponding underlying transistors, such as transistor 1535. The conductive element 1005 of the 2-TNS overlaps and makes near-ohmic contact with the nanotube element 1025 and stud 1540 . This forms a conductive path between the nanotube element 1025 and the source 1515 of the transistor 1535, enabling erase, program and/or read operations in the 2-TNS 1070A. the

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体1560,如图25C所示。绝缘体1560可以是使用公知半导体制造方法来沉积并平坦化的例如TEOS或另一绝缘体。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize an insulator 1560, as shown in Figure 25C. Insulator 1560 may be, for example, TEOS or another insulator deposited and planarized using known semiconductor fabrication methods. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知半导体制作方法来在绝缘体1560和绝缘体1000中蚀刻通孔,露出如图25D的横截面1595所示的接线柱1545的上表面。 Next, preferred methods use known semiconductor fabrication methods to etch vias in insulator 1560 and insulator 1000, exposing the top surface of stud 1545 as shown in cross section 1595 of FIG. 25D. the

然后,较佳方法沉积共形绝缘膜并使用绝缘体1580涂布通孔开口侧壁。如果通孔并未正确对齐并且露出导电元件1055,则绝缘体1580将使导电元件1055的暴露部分绝缘并防止与接线柱1570短路。绝缘体1580可以是例如SiO2。 Next, preferred methods deposit a conformal insulating film and coat the via opening sidewalls with an insulator 1580 . If the vias are not properly aligned and expose conductive element 1055 , insulator 1580 will insulate the exposed portion of conductive element 1055 and prevent a short circuit with post 1570 . Insulator 1580 may be, for example, SiO 2 .

然后,较佳方法沉积并图形化导电层,形成如图25D所示的导电接线柱1570和位线横截面1575以及如图25E中对应平面视图1595’所示的位线平面图1575’。导电路径通过接线柱1570和1545在位线1575(1575’)与漏极1510之间形成。如果晶体管1535处于OFF状态,则不形成沟道区域1530,并且位线1575(1575’)与纳米管元件1025电绝缘。然而,如果晶体管1535处于ON状态,则形成连接漏极1510和源极1515的导电沟道。这通过接线柱1570和1545、漏极1510、沟道1530、源极1515、接线柱1540和导电元件1005在位线1575(1575’)与纳米管元件1025之间形成导电路径。 Next, preferred methods deposit and pattern a conductive layer to form conductive posts 1570 and bitline cross-sections 1575 as shown in Figure 25D and bitline plan 1575' as shown in corresponding plan view 1595' in Figure 25E. A conductive path is formed between bit line 1575 (1575') and drain 1510 through studs 1570 and 1545. If transistor 1535 is in the OFF state, channel region 1530 is not formed, and bit line 1575 (1575') is electrically isolated from nanotube element 1025. However, if transistor 1535 is in the ON state, a conductive channel connecting drain 1510 and source 1515 is formed. This forms a conductive path between bit line 1575 (1575') and nanotube element 1025 through posts 1570 and 1545, drain 1510, channel 1530, source 1515, post 1540, and conductive element 1005. the

图25D和25E示出用于使用栅极1520来选择(或不选择)单元1590A的晶体管1535的不同视图,该栅极也是字线1520’的一部分。诸如单元1590B的其它单元可通过激活诸如1525’的其它字线来选择。导电元件1055(1055’)形成并互连诸如1590A和1590B(图25E)的多个非易失性存储单元中的开关区域1050,并且在以上详细描述的擦除、编程、和/或读取操作中使用。包含一个选择晶体管和一个非易失性双端开关布局的非易失性存储单元1590A和1590B彼此是镜像。完成NRAM功能(未示出)的制作和钝化的附加较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造技术。 Figures 25D and 25E show different views of transistor 1535 used to select (or deselect) cell 1590A using gate 1520, which is also part of word line 1520'. Other cells, such as cell 1590B, can be selected by activating other word lines, such as 1525'. Conductive elements 1055 (1055') form and interconnect switch regions 1050 in a plurality of nonvolatile memory cells such as 1590A and 1590B (FIG. 25E), and are used during erasing, programming, and/or reading used in operation. Nonvolatile memory cells 1590A and 1590B, which include a select transistor and a nonvolatile two-terminal switch layout, are mirror images of each other. Additional preferred methods of accomplishing the fabrication and passivation of the NRAM function (not shown) use well-known semiconductor fabrication techniques. the

单元1590A和1590B(图25E)具有相同的约7F2的单元面积,它与单元1490A和1490B(图24E)的面积相同并且比具有约10F2单元面积的单元1390A和1390B(图23E)小30%。 Cells 1590A and 1590B (FIG. 25E) have the same cell area of about 7F , which is the same area as cells 1490A and 1490B (FIG. 24E) and 30 less than cells 1390A and 1390B (FIG. 23E), which have a cell area of about 10F. %.

图26示出并描述了制作具有2-TNS的NRAM阵列的另一方法。非易失性双端纳米管开关2370a对应于图13所示的非易失性双端纳米管开关2370。如图26中横截面所示的存储器阵列结构2400所示,非易失性存储器单元结构2490A包括与晶体管2435互连并且与一个位线、一个第一字线和一个第二字线互连的非易失性2-TNS 2370A,如下进一步描述。非易失性存储器单元结构2490B是2490A的镜像,且2-TNS 2370B是2-TNS 2370A的镜像。 Figure 26 shows and describes another method of fabricating an NRAM array with 2-TNS. Non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 2370a corresponds to non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 2370 shown in FIG. 13 . As shown in memory array structure 2400 shown in cross-section in FIG. 26, nonvolatile memory cell structure 2490A includes a transistor 2435 interconnected to a bit line, a first word line, and a second word line. Non-volatile 2-TNS 2370A, described further below. Non-volatile memory cell structure 2490B is a mirror image of 2490A, and 2-TNS 2370B is a mirror image of 2-TNS 2370A. the

较佳方法制作如图26所示的NRAM阵列单元结构2400。首先,较佳方法制作具有平坦化表面2404的初始结构2402。 A preferred method is to fabricate an NRAM array cell structure 2400 as shown in FIG. 26 . First, preferred methods fabricate an initial structure 2402 with a planarized surface 2404 . the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相对于图12A-13进一步描述的较佳方法来制作在初始结构2402的表面2404上包括镜像2-TNS 2370A和2370B的中间结构。 Preferred methods then fabricate an intermediate structure comprising mirror images 2-TNS 2370A and 2370B on surface 2404 of initial structure 2402 using preferred methods further described above with respect to FIGS. 12A-13 . the

然后,较佳方法完成在中间结构上的非易失性存储器芯片的制作以完成如图26所示的NRAM存储器阵列结构2400。 Then, the preferred method completes the fabrication of non-volatile memory chips on the intermediate structure to complete the NRAM memory array structure 2400 as shown in FIG. 26 . the

在操作中,导电路径通过电介质2460中的接线柱2445和2470在位线2475与漏极2410之间形成。如果晶体管2435处于OFF状态,则不形成沟道区域2430,并且位线2475与纳米管元件2325电绝缘。然而,如果晶体管2435处于ON状态,则形成连接漏极2410和源极2415的导电沟道。这通过接线柱2470和2445、漏极2410、沟道2430、源极2415、接线柱2440和导电元件2305A在位线2475与纳米管元件2325之间形成导电路径。 In operation, a conductive path is formed between bit line 2475 and drain 2410 through studs 2445 and 2470 in dielectric 2460 . If transistor 2435 is in the OFF state, channel region 2430 is not formed and bit line 2475 is electrically isolated from nanotube element 2325 . However, if transistor 2435 is in the ON state, a conductive channel connecting drain 2410 and source 2415 is formed. This forms a conductive path between bit line 2475 and nanotube element 2325 through posts 2470 and 2445, drain 2410, channel 2430, source 2415, post 2440, and conductive element 2305A. the

晶体管2435用于使用栅极2420来选择(或不选择)单元2490A,该栅极也是与对应行中其它单元共享的共用字线的一部分。诸如单元2490B的其它单元可通过激活其它字线来选择。在NRAM存储器阵列结构2400中,导电元件2310A在受控重叠长度的区域2350中与纳米管元件2325重叠,同时与其它单元中的其它纳米管元件重叠相同的受控重叠长度。因此,导电元件2310A互连与2490A相似的单元的对应行,形成在如上所述的擦除、编程和/或读取操作中使用的共用电连接。非易失性存储单元2490A和2490B包含一个选择晶体管和一个非易失性双端开关并具有彼此为镜像的对应布局。完成NRAM功能(未示出)的制作和钝化的附加较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造技术。 Transistor 2435 is used to select (or deselect) cell 2490A using gate 2420, which is also part of a common word line shared with other cells in the corresponding row. Other cells, such as cell 2490B, can be selected by activating other word lines. In NRAM memory array structure 2400, conductive element 2310A overlaps nanotube element 2325 in region 2350 of a controlled overlap length, while overlapping other nanotube elements in other cells by the same controlled overlap length. Accordingly, conductive elements 2310A interconnect corresponding rows of cells similar to 2490A, forming a common electrical connection for use in erase, program, and/or read operations as described above. Nonvolatile memory cells 2490A and 2490B contain a select transistor and a nonvolatile two-terminal switch and have corresponding layouts that are mirror images of each other. Additional preferred methods of accomplishing the fabrication and passivation of the NRAM function (not shown) use well-known semiconductor fabrication techniques. the

图27中示出并描述了制作具有2-TNS的NRAM阵列的另一方法。如图27的横截面所示的存储器阵列结构2700所示,非易失性存储器单元结构2790A包括与晶体管2735互连并与一个位线、一个第一字线和一个第二字线互连的2-TNS2670A,如下进一步描述。 Another method of fabricating an NRAM array with 2-TNS is shown and described in FIG. 27 . As shown in memory array structure 2700 shown in cross-section in FIG. 27, nonvolatile memory cell structure 2790A includes a transistor 2735 interconnected to a bit line, a first word line, and a second word line. 2 - TNS2670A, described further below. the

非易失性双端纳米管开关2670A对应于图11C所示的非易失性双端纳米管开关2670。非易失性存储器单元结构2790B是2790A的镜像,且2-TNS 2670B是2-TNS 2670A的镜像。 Non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 2670A corresponds to non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 2670 shown in FIG. 11C . Non-volatile memory cell structure 2790B is a mirror image of 2790A, and 2-TNS 2670B is a mirror image of 2-TNS 2670A. the

较佳方法制作如图27所示的NRAM阵列单元结构2700。首先,较佳方法制作具有平坦化表面2704的初始结构2702。 A preferred method is to fabricate an NRAM array cell structure 2700 as shown in FIG. 27 . First, preferred methods fabricate an initial structure 2702 with a planarized surface 2704 . the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相对于图11A-11C进一步描述的较佳方法来在初始结构2702的表面2704上制作包括2-TNS 2670A和2670B的中间结构。 Preferred methods then fabricate an intermediate structure comprising 2-TNS 2670A and 2670B on surface 2704 of initial structure 2702 using preferred methods further described above with respect to FIGS. 11A-11C . the

然后,较佳方法完成在中间结构上的非易失性存储器芯片的制作以完成如图27所示的NRAM存储器阵列结构2700。 Then, the preferred method completes the fabrication of the non-volatile memory chips on the intermediate structure to complete the NRAM memory array structure 2700 as shown in FIG. 27 . the

在操作中,导电路径通过电介质2760中的接线柱2745和2770在位线2775与漏极2710之间形成。如果晶体管2735处于OFF状态,则不形成沟道区域2730,并且位线2775与纳米管元件2625电绝缘。然而,如果晶体管2735处于ON状态,则形成连接漏极2710和源极2715的导电沟道。这通过接线柱2770和2745、漏极2710、沟道2730、源极2715、接线柱2740和导电元件2605A在位线2775与纳米管元件2625之间形成导电路径。 In operation, a conductive path is formed between bit line 2775 and drain 2710 through studs 2745 and 2770 in dielectric 2760 . If transistor 2735 is in the OFF state, channel region 2730 is not formed and bit line 2775 is electrically isolated from nanotube element 2625 . However, if transistor 2735 is in the ON state, a conductive channel connecting drain 2710 and source 2715 is formed. This forms a conductive path between bit line 2775 and nanotube element 2625 through posts 2770 and 2745, drain 2710, channel 2730, source 2715, post 2740, and conductive element 2605A. the

晶体管2735用于使用栅极2720来选择(或不选择)单元2790A,该栅极也是与对应行中其它单元共享的共用字线的一部分。诸如单元2790B的其它单元可通过激活其它字线来选择。在NRAM存储器阵列结构2700中,导电元件2610A在例如1-150nm的受控重叠长度的区域2640中与纳米管元件2625重叠,同时与其它单元中的其它纳米管元件重叠近似相同的受控重叠长度。因此,导电元件2610A并联地与对应行中的单元2790A相似的其它单元互连,形成如上详细描述的擦除、编程和/或读取操作中使用的共用电连接。非易失性存储单元2790A和2790B各自包含一个选择晶体管和一个非易失性双端开关,并具有彼此为镜像的对应布局。完成NRAM功能(未示出)的制作和钝化的附加较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造技术。 Transistor 2735 is used to select (or deselect) cell 2790A using gate 2720, which is also part of a common word line shared with other cells in the corresponding row. Other cells, such as cell 2790B, can be selected by activating other word lines. In NRAM memory array structure 2700, conductive element 2610A overlaps nanotube element 2625 in a region 2640 of a controlled overlap length of, for example, 1-150 nm, while overlapping other nanotube elements in other cells by approximately the same controlled overlap length . Accordingly, conductive element 2610A is interconnected in parallel with other cells similar to cell 2790A in a corresponding row, forming a common electrical connection for use in erase, program, and/or read operations as described in detail above. Nonvolatile memory cells 2790A and 2790B each include a select transistor and a nonvolatile two-terminal switch, and have corresponding layouts that are mirror images of each other. Additional preferred methods of accomplishing the fabrication and passivation of the NRAM function (not shown) use well-known semiconductor fabrication techniques. the

图28描述并示出了制作具有2-TNS的NRAM阵列的另一方法。图28所示的非易失性双端纳米管开关2895A对应于图16L所示的垂直取向的非易失性双端纳米管开关2895A。2-TNS 2895A与晶体管2935互连,如图28的横截面中存储器阵列结构2900所示。设计垂直取向的开关以最小化NRAM单元尺寸(面积)。 Figure 28 describes and illustrates another method of fabricating an NRAM array with 2-TNS. The non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 2895A shown in Figure 28 corresponds to the vertically oriented non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 2895A shown in Figure 16L. 2-TNS 2895A is interconnected with transistor 2935 as shown in memory array structure 2900 in cross-section in FIG. 28 . Vertically oriented switches are designed to minimize NRAM cell size (area). the

期望简化制作方法并同时减小单元面积以及对应的NRAM阵列面积,因为由多个单元构成的NRAM阵列使用更少的硅面积、具有更高的性能、以及消耗更少 的功率。设计垂直取向的开关以减小NRAM单元尺寸(面积)。 It is desirable to simplify the fabrication method and simultaneously reduce the cell area and the corresponding NRAM array area, because an NRAM array composed of multiple cells uses less silicon area, has higher performance, and consumes less power. Vertically oriented switches are designed to reduce NRAM cell size (area). the

非易失性存储器单元结构2990A包括与晶体管2935互连并与一个位线、一个第一字线、和一个第二字线互连的2-TNS 2895A,如以下进一步描述。非易失性存储器单元结构2990B是2990A的镜像,且2-TNS 2895B是2895A的镜像。绝缘体2925对应于图16L中的绝缘体2815。 Nonvolatile memory cell structure 2990A includes 2-TNS 2895A interconnected with transistor 2935 and with a bit line, a first word line, and a second word line, as described further below. Non-volatile memory cell structure 2990B is a mirror image of 2990A, and 2-TNS 2895B is a mirror image of 2895A. Insulator 2925 corresponds to insulator 2815 in Figure 16L. the

较佳方法制作如图28所示的NRAM阵列元件结构2900。 A preferred method fabricates the NRAM array element structure 2900 shown in FIG. 28 . the

首先,较佳方法制作具有平坦化表面2904的初始结构2902。 First, preferred methods fabricate an initial structure 2902 with a planarized surface 2904 . the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相对于图16A-16L进一步描述的较佳方法来在初始结构2902的表面2904上制作包括2-TNS 2895A和2895B的中间结构。 Preferred methods then fabricate an intermediate structure comprising 2-TNS 2895A and 2895B on surface 2904 of initial structure 2902 using preferred methods further described above with respect to FIGS. 16A-16L . the

然后,较佳方法完成在中间结构上的非易失性存储器芯片的制作以完成如图28所示的NRAM存储器阵列结构2900。 Then, the preferred method completes the fabrication of the non-volatile memory chips on the intermediate structure to complete the NRAM memory array structure 2900 as shown in FIG. 28 . the

在操作中,导电路径通过电介质2960中的接线柱2945和2970在位线2975与漏极2910之间形成。如果晶体管2935处于OFF状态,则不形成沟道区域2930,并且位线2975与纳米管元件2890A电绝缘。然而,如果晶体管2935处于ON状态,则形成连接漏极2910和源极2915的导电沟道。这通过接线柱2970和2945、漏极2910、沟道2930、源极2915、接线柱2940和导电元件2855A在位线2975与纳米管元件2890A之间形成导电路径。 In operation, a conductive path is formed between bit line 2975 and drain 2910 through studs 2945 and 2970 in dielectric 2960 . If transistor 2935 is in the OFF state, channel region 2930 is not formed and bit line 2975 is electrically isolated from nanotube element 2890A. However, if transistor 2935 is in the ON state, a conductive channel connecting drain 2910 and source 2915 is formed. This forms a conductive path between bit line 2975 and nanotube element 2890A through posts 2970 and 2945, drain 2910, channel 2930, source 2915, post 2940, and conductive element 2855A. the

晶体管2935用于使用栅极2920来选择(或不选择)单元2895A,该栅极也是与对应行中其它单元共享的共用字线的一部分。诸如单元2895B的其它单元可通过激活其它字线来选择。在NRAM存储器阵列结构2900中,导电元件2850A与纳米管元件2890A重叠例如1-150nm的受控重叠长度2892A,同时与其它单元中的其它纳米管元件重叠近似相同的受控重叠长度。因此,导电元件2850A互连与单元2895A相似的单元的对应行,形成如上所述的擦除、编程和/或读取操作中使用的共用电连接。 Transistor 2935 is used to select (or deselect) cell 2895A using gate 2920, which is also part of a common word line shared with other cells in the corresponding row. Other cells, such as cell 2895B, can be selected by activating other word lines. In NRAM memory array structure 2900, conductive element 2850A overlaps nanotube element 2890A by a controlled overlap length 2892A, eg, 1-150 nm, while overlapping other nanotube elements in other cells by approximately the same controlled overlap length. Thus, conductive element 2850A interconnects corresponding rows of cells similar to cell 2895A, forming a common electrical connection used in erase, program, and/or read operations as described above. the

包含一个选择晶体管和一个非易失性双端开关的对应布局的非易失性存储单元2895A和2895B彼此为镜像。完成NRAM功能(未示出)的制作和钝化的附加较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造技术。 Nonvolatile memory cells 2895A and 2895B of corresponding layouts containing one select transistor and one nonvolatile two-terminal switch are mirror images of each other. Additional preferred methods of accomplishing the fabrication and passivation of the NRAM function (not shown) use well-known semiconductor fabrication techniques. the

图29描述并示出了制作具有2-TNS的NRAM阵列的另一方法。图29所示的非易失性双端纳米管开关3095A对应于图17M所示的垂直取向的非易失性双端纳米管开关3095A。2-TNS 3095A与晶体管3135互连,如图29的横截面中存储器阵列结构3100所示。设计垂直取向的开关以最小化NRAM单元尺寸(面积)。 Figure 29 describes and illustrates another method of fabricating an NRAM array with 2-TNS. The non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 3095A shown in Figure 29 corresponds to the vertically oriented non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 3095A shown in Figure 17M. 2- TNS 3095A is interconnected with transistor 3135 as shown in memory array structure 3100 in cross-section in FIG. 29 . Vertically oriented switches are designed to minimize NRAM cell size (area). the

非易失性存储器单元结构3190A包括与晶体管3135互连并与一个位线、一个第一字线、和一个第二字线互连的2-TNS 3095A,如以下进一步描述。非易失性存储器单元结构3190B是3190A的镜像,且非易失性双端纳米管开关阵列单元结构3095B是3095A的镜像。 Nonvolatile memory cell structure 3190A includes 2-TNS 3095A interconnected with transistor 3135 and with one bit line, one first word line, and one second word line, as described further below. Non-volatile memory cell structure 3190B is a mirror image of 3190A, and non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch array cell structure 3095B is a mirror image of 3095A. the

较佳方法制作如图31所示的NRAM阵列单元结构3100。 A preferred method is to fabricate an NRAM array cell structure 3100 as shown in FIG. 31 . the

首先,较佳方法制作具有平坦化表面3104的初始结构3102。 First, preferred methods fabricate an initial structure 3102 with a planarized surface 3104 . the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相对于图17A-17M进一步描述的较佳方法来制作在初始结构3102的表面3104上包括2-TNS 3095A和3095B的中间结构。 Preferred methods then fabricate an intermediate structure comprising 2-TNS 3095A and 3095B on surface 3104 of initial structure 3102 using preferred methods further described above with respect to FIGS. 17A-17M . the

然后,较佳方法完成在中间结构上的非易失性存储器芯片的制作以完成如图29所示的NRAM存储器阵列结构3100。 Then, the preferred method completes the fabrication of non-volatile memory chips on the intermediate structure to complete the NRAM memory array structure 3100 as shown in FIG. 29 . the

在操作中,导电路径通过电介质3160中的接线柱3145和3170在位线3175与漏极3110之间形成。如果晶体管3135处于OFF状态,则不形成沟道区域3130,并且位线3175与纳米管元件3090A电绝缘。然而,如果晶体管3135处于ON状态,则形成连接漏极3110和源极3115的导电沟道。这通过接线柱3170和3145、漏极3110、沟道3130、源极3115、接线柱3140和导电元件3055A在位线3175与纳米管元件3090A之间形成导电路径。 In operation, a conductive path is formed between bit line 3175 and drain 3110 through studs 3145 and 3170 in dielectric 3160 . If transistor 3135 is in the OFF state, channel region 3130 is not formed and bit line 3175 is electrically isolated from nanotube element 3090A. However, if transistor 3135 is in the ON state, a conductive channel connecting drain 3110 and source 3115 is formed. This forms a conductive path between bit line 3175 and nanotube element 3090A through posts 3170 and 3145, drain 3110, channel 3130, source 3115, post 3140, and conductive element 3055A. the

晶体管3135用于使用栅极3120来选择(或不选择)单元3190A,该栅极也是与对应行中其它单元共享的共用字线的一部分。诸如单元3190B的其它单元可通过激活其它字线来选择。在NRAM存储器阵列结构3100中,导电元件3050A与纳米管元件3090A重叠例如1-150nm的受控重叠长度3092A,同时与其它单元中的其它纳米管元件重叠近似相同的受控重叠长度。因此,导电元件3050A互连与单元3190A相似的单元的对应行,形成如上所述的擦除、编程和/或读取操作中使用的共用电连接。 Transistor 3135 is used to select (or deselect) cell 3190A using gate 3120, which is also part of a common word line shared with other cells in the corresponding row. Other cells, such as cell 3190B, can be selected by activating other word lines. In NRAM memory array structure 3100, conductive element 3050A overlaps nanotube element 3090A by a controlled overlap length 3092A, eg, 1-150 nm, while overlapping other nanotube elements in other cells by approximately the same controlled overlap length. Thus, conductive element 3050A interconnects corresponding rows of cells similar to cell 3190A, forming a common electrical connection for use in erase, program, and/or read operations as described above. the

包含一个选择晶体管和一个非易失性双端开关和对应布局的非易失性存储单元3095A和3095B彼此为镜像。完成NRAM功能(未示出)的制作和钝化的附加较佳方法使用公知的半导体制造技术。 Nonvolatile memory cells 3095A and 3095B, including a select transistor and a nonvolatile two-terminal switch and corresponding layout, are mirror images of each other. Additional preferred methods of accomplishing the fabrication and passivation of the NRAM function (not shown) use well-known semiconductor fabrication techniques. the

使用本文所述的方法和实施方式,本领域技术人员可以制作使用双端纳米管开关的任一个实施方式的非易失性随机存取存储器。甚至可以制作包括双端纳米开关的一个以上不同实施方式的某种NRAM阵列。 Using the methods and embodiments described herein, one skilled in the art can fabricate a non-volatile random access memory using either embodiment of a two-terminal nanotube switch. It is even possible to fabricate certain NRAM arrays that include more than one different implementation of two-terminal nanoswitches. the

例如,图14I和14J所示的相框非易失性双端开关1870可被图23D和23E以及图25D和25E中所示的NRAM单元中的2-TNS 1070A和1070B替代。可设计 利用密集相框非易失性双端纳米管开关1870的优点的其它NRAM单元(未示出)。 For example, the picture frame non-volatile two-terminal switch 1870 shown in Figures 14I and 14J can be replaced by 2-TNS 1070A and 1070B in the NRAM cells shown in Figures 23D and 23E and Figures 25D and 25E. Other NRAM cells (not shown) can be designed to take advantage of the dense picture frame non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switch 1870. the

作为高密度交叉点开关的非易失性双端纳米管开关Nonvolatile two-terminal nanotube switches as high-density crosspoint switches

数据处理、通信和客户解决方案规定了半导体设计、测试、老化、和封装技术选择。产品所覆盖的示例包括:智能卡/游戏、诸如手机的移动/手持设备、个人计算机、台式/工作站、和服务器/大型机。这些要求受小型化、性能、功率、可靠性、质量和市场化时间来驱动。对于某些应用,诸如航空,部件被暴露在诸如高辐射水平的恶劣环境下。在某些应用中,同样要求诸如几乎不可能逆向工程的安全特征。 Data processing, communications, and customer solutions dictate semiconductor design, test, burn-in, and packaging technology selection. Examples of product coverage include: smart cards/games, mobile/handheld devices such as cell phones, personal computers, desktops/workstations, and servers/mainframes. These requirements are driven by miniaturization, performance, power, reliability, quality and time to market. For some applications, such as aviation, components are exposed to harsh environments such as high radiation levels. In some applications, security features such as nearly impossible reverse engineering are also required. the

市场化时间,包括快速硬件原型和生产提速,已造成诸如现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)的预配线可重新配置逻辑的使用的增加。对于许多应用,选择诸如FPGA的预配线可重新编程逻辑来代替ASIC芯片,因为ASIC逻辑芯片的复杂度增加到15-20(或以上)导体水平,造成成本上升以及市场化时间变长。预配线的可重新编程的逻辑芯片的密度比ASIC芯片的更低使其需求更多。某些ASIC设计开始也包括嵌入预配线的可重新配置逻辑区域。 Time to market, including rapid hardware prototyping and production ramp-up, has resulted in increased use of pre-wired reconfigurable logic such as field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs). For many applications, pre-wired reprogrammable logic such as FPGAs are chosen instead of ASIC chips because the complexity of ASIC logic chips increases to the 15-20 (or more) conductor level, resulting in higher cost and longer time to market. The lower density of pre-wired reprogrammable logic chips than ASIC chips makes it more desirable. Some ASIC designs are beginning to include embedded pre-wired reconfigurable logic regions as well. the

预配线的开关的大小和电特性本质上确定了可重新配置逻辑架构和潜在用途。当前使用的最小的预配线的开关是如图30A和30B所示的逻辑线之间的现有技术的非易失性一次可编程(OPT)双端反熔丝开关。非易失性OTP反熔丝的尺寸(面积)最小,因为它是置于预配线逻辑导体之间的交叉点开关,并可被编程为选择性互连各种逻辑导体,如图30A和30B所示。现有技术的非易失性OTP双端反熔丝用于设计预配线的可重新配置的逻辑功能在以下参考文献中有描述:JohnMcCollum的“Programmable Elements and Their Impact on FPGA Architecture,Performance,and Radiation Hardness(可编程元件及其对FPGA架构、性能和辐射硬度的影响)”,阿尔特拉公司(Altera),1995年。所引用的PowerPoint演示文件″80_McCollum_5_PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC_ALTERA.ppt″可在http://klabs.org中找到。现有技术发现在两个金属层之间使用电介质层来形成反熔丝。 The size and electrical characteristics of the prewired switches essentially determine the reconfigurable logic architecture and potential use. The smallest pre-wired switch currently in use is a prior art non-volatile one-time programmable (OPT) double-terminal anti-fuse switch between logic lines as shown in Figures 30A and 30B. The non-volatile OTP antifuse has the smallest size (area) because it is a crosspoint switch placed between pre-wired logic conductors and can be programmed to selectively interconnect various logic conductors, as shown in Figure 30A and 30B. A prior art non-volatile OTP double-terminal antifuse for designing pre-wired reconfigurable logic functions is described in the following reference: "Programmable Elements and Their Impact on FPGA Architecture, Performance, and Radiation Hardness (Programmable Components and Their Effects on FPGA Architecture, Performance, and Radiation Hardness), Altera, 1995. The referenced PowerPoint presentation "80_McCollum_5_PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC_ALTERA.ppt" can be found at http://klabs.org . The prior art finds the use of a dielectric layer between two metal layers to form an antifuse.

图30A示出处于ON(闭合)或编程导电状态1920的现有技术反熔丝1900。图30A示出处于编程之前的OFF(打开)非导电状态1910的现有技术反熔丝1900。当反熔丝1900处于导电状态1920时,导体1930和1940通过小于100欧姆的电阻电连接。在非导电状态,导体1930和1940未电连接,并且由反熔丝添加的电容很小,例如小于每节点1fF。 FIG. 30A shows a prior art antifuse 1900 in an ON (closed) or programmed conductive state 1920 . Figure 30A shows a prior art antifuse 1900 in an OFF (open) non-conductive state 1910 prior to programming. When antifuse 1900 is in conductive state 1920, conductors 1930 and 1940 are electrically connected by a resistance of less than 100 ohms. In the non-conductive state, conductors 1930 and 1940 are not electrically connected, and the capacitance added by the antifuse is very small, eg, less than 1 fF per node. the

现有技术反熔丝1900的优点包括通过使用交叉点开关配置实现的密度、低电容、相对较低的电阻、以及非易失性。而且,很难对芯片进行“逆向工程”以跟踪逻辑功能,这在安全应用中很重要。该开关能够承受诸如高温和高辐射水平(辐射硬度开关)的恶劣环境。 Advantages of prior art antifuse 1900 include density, low capacitance, relatively low resistance, and non-volatility achieved by using a crosspoint switch configuration. Also, it is difficult to "reverse engineer" chips to trace logic functions, which is important in security applications. The switch is able to withstand harsh environments such as high temperatures and high radiation levels (radiation hardness switch). the

现有技术反熔丝1900的缺点包括在高电流(通常每反熔丝10mA)下的高电压编程(10-12V)。而且,因为反熔丝仅可被编程一次(OTP),所以不可能从预配线的可重新编程逻辑部分完全剔除缺陷反熔丝。出于这些和其它限制,编程相对复杂并且通常在系统中使用之前在插座(测试装置)中进行。 Drawbacks of the prior art antifuse 1900 include high voltage programming (10-12V) at high currents (typically 10mA per antifuse). Also, because antifuses can only be programmed once (OTP), it is not possible to completely weed out defective antifuses from pre-wired reprogrammable logic portions. Because of these and other constraints, programming is relatively complex and is usually done in the socket (test fixture) prior to use in the system. the

所需要的是一种保持这种密度和现有技术反熔丝1900的其它优点,同时消除或减少缺点(限制)的方法,尤其是从预配线的可重新配置逻辑部分中剔除缺陷开关以及消除在系统中使用之前在插座中编程开关的需要。 What is needed is a way to maintain this density and other advantages of the prior art antifuse 1900 while eliminating or reducing the disadvantages (limitations), especially the elimination of defective switches and Eliminates the need to program switches in receptacles prior to use in a system. the

诸如图14I和14J所示的2-TNS 1870和以上进一步描述的其它开关的非易失性双端纳米管开关可以消除或充分降低图30A和30B所示的现有技术开关1900的局限性。例如2-TNS 1870可用于代替现有技术反熔丝开关1900。2-TNS 1870很容易集成在金属层之间、是小的交叉点开关,并且最重要的,如上进一步描述地可被反复擦除和编程。结果,预配线的可重新配置逻辑部分可与可用于编程的已集成并完全测试的2-TNS一起装配。 Non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switches such as the 2-TNS 1870 shown in Figures 14I and 14J and other switches described further above can eliminate or substantially reduce the limitations of the prior art switch 1900 shown in Figures 30A and 30B. For example 2-TNS 1870 can be used in place of prior art antifuse switch 1900. 2-TNS 1870 is easily integrated between metal layers, is a small crosspoint switch, and most importantly, can be repeatedly erased as further described above. division and programming. As a result, a pre-wired reconfigurable logic section can be assembled with an integrated and fully tested 2-TNS ready for programming. the

在某些实施方式中,非易失性双端纳米管开关具有8-10V的擦除电压、4-6V的编程电压以及通常小于每开关100μA的相对较低的编程和擦除电流。因为这些开关易于检测,并且需要与现有技术反熔丝1900相比小约100倍的电流来编程,所以,基于2-TNS的预配线的可重新配置逻辑芯片可在系统环境中编程。纳米管的恶劣环境承受能力和高安全性(几乎不可能“逆向工程”)意味着该逻辑可用于苛刻的航天应用并且可在例如空间中编程。 In certain embodiments, non-volatile two-terminal nanotube switches have an erase voltage of 8-10 V, a program voltage of 4-6 V, and relatively low program and erase currents, typically less than 100 μA per switch. Because these switches are easy to detect and require approximately 100 times less current to program than prior art antifuse 1900, 2-TNS based prewired reconfigurable logic chips can be programmed in a system environment. The harsh environment tolerance and high security of the nanotubes (nearly impossible to "reverse engineer") means that the logic can be used in demanding aerospace applications and can be programmed in space, for example. the

图31示出从将图14I和14J所示的2-TNS 1870与导体层2060和2055集成得到的非易失性纳米管交叉点开关2000的横截面。导体2055对应于图14I所示的导电元件1855,并与纳米管元件1825在区域1850中重叠例如1-150nm的受控重叠长度,如上进一步描述。绝缘体2002对应于图14I所示的绝缘体1800。导体2060通过接线柱1805与2-TNS 1870的纳米管元件1825电接触。 Figure 31 shows a cross-section of a non-volatile nanotube crosspoint switch 2000 resulting from the integration of the 2-TNS 1870 shown in Figures 14I and 14J with conductor layers 2060 and 2055. Conductor 2055 corresponds to conductive element 1855 shown in FIG. 141 and overlaps nanotube element 1825 in region 1850 by a controlled overlap length, eg, 1-150 nm, as further described above. Insulator 2002 corresponds to insulator 1800 shown in Figure 14I. Conductor 2060 is in electrical contact with nanotube element 1825 of 2-TNS 1870 through terminal post 1805. the

当非易失性纳米管交叉点开关2000处于相对较低电阻的“闭合”或ON状态时,导体2055和2060处于相对较好的电接触。当非易失性纳米管交叉点开关2000处于相对较高电阻的“打开”或ON状态时,导体2055和2060处于相对较差的电 接触。 Conductors 2055 and 2060 are in relatively good electrical contact when non-volatile nanotube crosspoint switch 2000 is in the relatively low resistance "closed" or ON state. When non-volatile nanotube crosspoint switch 2000 is in the relatively high resistance "open" or ON state, conductors 2055 and 2060 are in relatively poor electrical contact. the

图32A和32B示出图31所示的非易失性纳米管交叉点开关2000的示意图2100。图32A和32B示出使用非易失性纳米管交叉点开关2100代替图30A和30B所示的现有技术反熔丝交叉点开关1900。图32A和32B中的导体2130和2140分别对应于图30A和30B中的导体1930和1940。图32A示出处于如上进一步描述的刚制成/编程“闭合”状态2110的纳米管交叉点开关2100。“闭合”状态可通过在导体2130和2140之间具有相对较低电阻来表征,该电阻在某些实施方式中例如小于100欧姆或者小于1000欧姆。图32B示出处于以上进一步描述的擦除“打开”状态2120的纳米管交叉点开关2100。纳米管交叉点开关2100的状态2120对应于现有技术反熔丝1900的状态1910。纳米管交叉点开关2100的状态2110对应于现有技术反熔丝1900的状态1920。纳米管交叉点开关2100可以被编程,以从状态2120变成状态2110,然后被擦除以返回到状态2120。如以上进一步描述,已经观测到上百万次这种循环。每个开关的操作可在装运包含预配线的可重新配置逻辑的产品之前被验证。 32A and 32B show a schematic diagram 2100 of the non-volatile nanotube crosspoint switch 2000 shown in FIG. 31 . 32A and 32B illustrate the use of a non-volatile nanotube crosspoint switch 2100 in place of the prior art antifuse crosspoint switch 1900 shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B . Conductors 2130 and 2140 in FIGS. 32A and 32B correspond to conductors 1930 and 1940 in FIGS. 30A and 30B , respectively. Figure 32A shows the nanotube crosspoint switch 2100 in the as-fabricated/programmed "closed" state 2110 as described further above. The "closed" state may be characterized by a relatively low resistance between conductors 2130 and 2140, such as less than 100 ohms or less than 1000 ohms in certain embodiments. Figure 32B shows the nanotube crosspoint switch 2100 in the erased "on" state 2120 described further above. State 2120 of nanotube crosspoint switch 2100 corresponds to state 1910 of prior art antifuse 1900 . State 2110 of nanotube crosspoint switch 2100 corresponds to state 1920 of prior art antifuse 1900 . Nanotube crosspoint switch 2100 can be programmed to change from state 2120 to state 2110 and then erased to return to state 2120 . As described further above, millions of such cycles have been observed. Operation of each switch can be verified prior to shipment of products containing pre-wired reconfigurable logic. the

由于非易失性纳米管交叉点开关2100的相对较低的编程电流,芯片上擦除和编程功能在系统环境中也有可能。以上进一步描述的高电压要求可在芯片上产生,如Bertin等人的美国专利No.6,346,846所述。高电压可被编程到芯片上,如Bertin等人的美国专利No.5,818,748所述。 Due to the relatively low programming current of the non-volatile nanotube crosspoint switch 2100, on-chip erase and program functions are also possible in a system environment. The high voltage requirements described further above can be generated on-chip as described in US Patent No. 6,346,846 to Bertin et al. High voltages can be programmed onto the chip as described in US Patent No. 5,818,748 to Bertin et al. the

以上描述图14、31和32的章节描述了作为高密度电可重新编程的交叉点开关的双端纳米管开关,这种开关在绝缘体上表面的第一导电元件和接线柱(垂直填充通孔)一端之间提供可重新编程的接触。接线柱的相反一端接触与同一绝缘体下表面接触的第二导体。以上章节描述了电可重新编程交叉点开关的应用。 The above sections describing Figures 14, 31 and 32 describe a two-terminal nanotube switch as a high-density electrically reprogrammable crosspoint switch with a first conductive element and terminal (vertical filled via) on the top surface of the insulator. ) provide a reprogrammable contact between one end. The opposite end of the terminal contacts a second conductor which contacts the lower surface of the same insulator. The above sections describe the application of electrically reprogrammable crosspoint switches. the

作为两个或多个配线层之间的高密度电可重新编程纳米管通孔互连的双端纳米管开关 Two-terminal nanotube switches as high-density electrically reprogrammable nanotube via interconnects between two or more wiring layers

以下描述电可重新编程的通孔互连开关的其它实施方式。在这些实施方式中,纳米管元件代替通常使用诸如钨、铝、铜和/或其它导体的导电材料的接线柱通孔互连。纳米管元件在使用以上进一步描述的非易失性纳米管双端开关的层之间提供电可重新编程连接。这些实施方式实现芯片制造和封装之后的电可重新编程配线互连。 Other embodiments of electrically reprogrammable via interconnect switches are described below. In these embodiments, nanotube elements replace stud via interconnects that typically use conductive materials such as tungsten, aluminum, copper, and/or other conductors. The nanotube elements provide electrically reprogrammable connections between layers using the non-volatile nanotube two-terminal switches described further above. These embodiments enable electrically reprogrammable wiring interconnects after chip fabrication and packaging. the

基于纳米管元件的电可重新编程通孔互连可承受诸如高温操作(例如超过200 摄氏度)的恶劣环境,并且可承受高辐射水平。高温容耐和辐射容耐来源于纳米管元件的特定特性。 Electrically reprogrammable via interconnects based on nanotube elements can withstand harsh environments such as high-temperature operation (e.g., over 200 degrees Celsius) and can withstand high radiation levels. High temperature tolerance and radiation tolerance derive from specific properties of nanotube elements. the

基于纳米管元件的电可重新编程互连提供很高的安全性。在安全考虑之下,开关连接可以是纳秒或最多微秒级的电可重新编程(例如打开,使开关ON状态被擦除)。即使使用硬件逆行工程,该互连网络也不能被确定。 Electrically reprogrammable interconnects based on nanotube elements offer high security. The switch connection may be electrically reprogrammable (eg open so that the ON state of the switch is erased) on the nanosecond or up to microsecond scale, subject to safety considerations. Even using hardware reverse engineering, this interconnection network cannot be determined. the

一般而言,虽然未示出,但是应该理解所述实施方式中的元件可与类似于上述的刺激电路的刺激电路电连通。在所述可重新编程的互连中,刺激电路与导电端子和一个或多个配线层导电端子电连通,这使该电路能够以与以上针对在两个状态之间改变开关的刺激电路所述的类似方式在一个或多个配线层之间重新编程地形成或断开互连。 In general, although not shown, it should be understood that elements of the described embodiments may be in electrical communication with stimulation circuits similar to those described above. In the reprogrammable interconnect, the stimulus circuit is in electrical communication with the conductive terminals and one or more wiring layer conductive terminals, which enables the circuit to operate in the same manner as described above for the stimulus circuit that changes the switch between two states. Reprogrammatically make or break interconnections between one or more wiring layers in a similar manner as described above. the

图33A-33G示出制作作为两个配线层之间的高密度可重新编程纳米管通孔互连的双端纳米管开关的一种方法。 33A-33G illustrate one method of fabricating a two-terminal nanotube switch as a high-density reprogrammable nanotube via interconnect between two wiring layers. the

首先,较佳方法沉积受控厚度的导体3205,如图33A所示。导体3205可具有5-500nm范围内的厚度并可使用诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合来形成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix 的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。 First, preferred methods deposit a conductor 3205 of controlled thickness, as shown in Figure 33A. Conductor 3205 may have a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm and may use metals such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and other suitable metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used.

然后,较佳方法使用已知工业技术来沉积并图形化定义导体长度、宽度(未示出)和开口3215以容纳如图33A所示的垂直通孔的导体3210。导体3210中的开口3215通过使用针对导体3205选择的已知RIE蚀刻来形成,开口3215如图33A的横截面所示。导体3210足够宽,使得孔3215留下围绕开口3215的足够宽的区域(未示出)使导体3210仍是连续导体。使用与用于定义导体3210的尺寸相同的掩模步骤来图形化导体3205的宽度和长度,使得导体3205和3210形成复合导体,其中导体3205的上表面和导体3210的下表面处于电和机械接触,除了开口3215。导体3210可具有5-500nm范围内的厚度并可使用诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合来形成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。 Preferred methods then use known industry techniques to deposit and pattern conductors 3210 defining conductor lengths, widths (not shown) and openings 3215 to accommodate vertical vias as shown in FIG. 33A. An opening 3215 in conductor 3210 is formed using a known RIE etch selected for conductor 3205, opening 3215 is shown in cross-section in FIG. 33A. Conductor 3210 is wide enough that hole 3215 leaves a sufficiently wide area (not shown) around opening 3215 that conductor 3210 remains a continuous conductor. The width and length of conductor 3205 are patterned using the same masking steps used to define the dimensions of conductor 3210 such that conductors 3205 and 3210 form a composite conductor where the upper surface of conductor 3205 and the lower surface of conductor 3210 are in electrical and mechanical contact , except opening 3215. Conductor 3210 may have a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm and may use metals such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and other suitable metals. metals, and combinations thereof. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used.

然后,较佳方法使用公知工业方法来沉积并平坦化绝缘体3220。绝缘体3220填充开口3215并提供平坦的上表面3222,如图33A所示。绝缘体3220可以是厚度在2-500nm范围内的SiO2、SiN、Al2O3、BeO、聚酰亚胺或其它合适绝缘材料。图33A所示的组件可被视为初始结构。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize insulator 3220 using known industry methods. An insulator 3220 fills the opening 3215 and provides a planar upper surface 3222, as shown in Figure 33A. The insulator 3220 may be SiO 2 , SiN, Al 2 O 3 , BeO, polyimide, or other suitable insulating material with a thickness in the range of 2-500 nm. The assembly shown in Figure 33A can be considered as an initial structure.

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术来在绝缘体3220的上表面3222上沉积并图形化导体3225,并平坦化该表面以形成如图33B所示的绝缘体3224。导体3225具有5-500nm范围的厚度,可使用诸如Ru、Ti、Cr、Al、Au、Pd、Ni、W、Cu、Mo、Ag、In、Ir、Pb、Sn的金属、以及其它合适金属、及其组合形成。可以使用诸如TiAu、TiCu、TiPd、PbIn、和TiW的金属合金、包括CNT自身(例如单壁、多壁和/或双壁)的其它合适导体、或者诸如RuN、RuO、TiN、TaN、CoSix和TiSix 的其它导电氮化物、氧化物或硅化物。也可以使用其它类型的导体和半导体材料。 Next, preferred methods use known industry techniques to deposit and pattern conductor 3225 on top surface 3222 of insulator 3220 and planarize the surface to form insulator 3224 as shown in FIG. 33B . The conductor 3225 has a thickness in the range of 5-500 nm, and metals such as Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb, Sn, and other suitable metals can be used, and its combination. Metal alloys such as TiAu, TiCu, TiPd, PbIn, and TiW, other suitable conductors including CNTs themselves (e.g., single-walled, multi-walled, and/or double-walled), or metal alloys such as RuN, RuO, TiN, TaN, CoSi x And other conductive nitrides, oxides or silicides of TiSi x . Other types of conductive and semiconducting materials may also be used.

然后,较佳方法沉积、曝光并形成如图33B所示的具有开口3235的掩模层3230,以定义以下进一步描述的电可重新编程通孔的位置。 Next, preferred methods deposit, expose and form a mask layer 3230 with openings 3235 as shown in FIG. 33B to define the locations of electrically reprogrammable vias as described further below. the

然后,较佳方法定向蚀刻导体3225、定向蚀刻绝缘体3220和定向蚀刻导体3205,在绝缘体3200的表面上停止以形成如图33C所示的通孔3240。使用反应离子蚀刻(RIE)的已知定向蚀刻制作方法可用于形成例如凹槽3240。 Next, preferred methods directionally etch conductor 3225, directionally etch insulator 3220, and directionally etch conductor 3205, stopping on the surface of insulator 3200 to form via 3240 as shown in Figure 33C. Known directional etch fabrication methods using reactive ion etching (RIE) may be used to form recesses 3240, for example. the

然后,较佳方法在凹槽3240的底部和侧壁上、导电元件3225A和3225B的上表面上以及绝缘体3224的上表面上沉积共形纳米结构物层3245,如图33D所示。结构物3245的沉积可通过所结合的专利文献中描述的技术来完成。 Next, preferred methods deposit conformal nanofabric layer 3245 on the bottom and sidewalls of recess 3240, on the upper surfaces of conductive elements 3225A and 3225B, and on the upper surface of insulator 3224, as shown in Figure 33D. Deposition of structures 3245 may be accomplished by techniques described in the incorporated patent documents. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业技术用例如TEOS的绝缘体3250填充凹槽3240,使绝缘体3250的表面平坦化,如图33E所示。 Next, preferred methods fill the recess 3240 with an insulator 3250, such as TEOS, using known industry techniques to planarize the surface of the insulator 3250, as shown in Figure 33E. the

然后,较佳方法使用公知产业方法来图形化并蚀刻绝缘体3250,如图33F所示,露出纳米结构物3245的一部分。使用RIE的蚀刻可移除纳米结构物3245的暴露部分。纳米结构物3245可通过绝缘体3250的蚀刻步骤仅被部分移除,或者完全不被移除。 Next, preferred methods use known industry methods to pattern and etch insulator 3250, exposing a portion of nanofabric 3245 as shown in FIG. 33F. Etching using RIE may remove exposed portions of nanofabric 3245. The nanostructures 3245 may be only partially removed by the etching step of the insulator 3250, or may not be removed at all. the

如果纳米结构物3245没有被整个移除,则较佳方法可使用例如灰化或所结合专利参考文献中所述的其它适当技术来移除纳米结构物的暴露部分。这得到如图33F所示的纳米管元件3267。 If the nanofabric 3245 is not removed in its entirety, a preferred method may remove the exposed portion of the nanofabric using, for example, ashing or other suitable techniques as described in the incorporated patent references. This results in nanotube element 3267 as shown in Figure 33F. the

然后,较佳方法沉积并平坦化绝缘体3260,完成如图33G所示的基于非易失性纳米管元件的电可重新编程通孔互连结构3280。 Next, preferred methods deposit and planarize an insulator 3260, completing an electrically reprogrammable via interconnect structure 3280 based on non-volatile nanotube elements as shown in FIG. 33G. the

结构3280包括在导体3225A的侧壁和上表面处与纳米管元件3267重叠并形 成近欧姆性接触的导电元件3225A。结构3280还包括在导体3225B的侧壁和上表面处与纳米管元件3267重叠并形成近欧姆性接触的导电元件3225B。纳米管元件3267的侧壁3275在导电元件3225A与导电元件3205A之间以及导电元件3225B与导电元件3205B之间形成通孔。与对应导电元件3205A和3205B处于电和机械接触的导体3210A和3210B可用于互连。 Structure 3280 includes conductive element 3225A overlapping nanotube element 3267 at the sidewalls and upper surface of conductor 3225A and forming a near-ohmic contact. Structure 3280 also includes conductive element 3225B that overlaps and forms near-ohmic contact with nanotube element 3267 at the sidewalls and upper surface of conductor 3225B. Sidewalls 3275 of nanotube element 3267 form vias between conductive element 3225A and conductive element 3205A, and between conductive element 3225B and conductive element 3205B. Conductors 3210A and 3210B in electrical and mechanical contact with corresponding conductive elements 3205A and 3205B may be used for interconnection. the

纳米管元件3267与导体3205A的侧壁重叠由导电元件3205A的厚度确定的受控重叠长度。纳米管元件3267还与导体3205B的侧壁重叠由导电元件3205B的厚度确定的受控重叠长度。因此,导电元件3225A、纳米管元件3267、和导电元件3205A形成第一2-TNS 3270A,并且导电元件3225B、纳米管元件3267、和导电元件3205B形成第二2-TNS 3270B。 Nanotube elements 3267 overlap the sidewalls of conductor 3205A for a controlled overlap length determined by the thickness of conductive element 3205A. Nanotube elements 3267 also overlap the sidewalls of conductor 3205B by a controlled overlap length determined by the thickness of conductive element 3205B. Thus, conductive element 3225A, nanotube element 3267, and conductive element 3205A form a first 2-TNS 3270A, and conductive element 3225B, nanotube element 3267, and conductive element 3205B form a second 2-TNS 3270B. the

在操作中,如果2-TNS 3170A处于闭合状态,则在导电元件3225A与3205A之间形成良好的(例如相对较低电阻)的电连接。在某些实施方式中,元件3225A与3205A之间的电阻对于“闭合”状态可在例如10-1000Ω的范围内。如果2-TNS3270处于“打开”状态,则导电元件3225A与3205A之间存在相对较差(例如相对较高电阻)的电连接。在某些实施方式中,元件3225A与3205A之间的电阻对“打开”状态可在例如大于1MΩ或这大于1GΩ的范围内。开关3270B具有对应的状态和特性。本文说明了非易失性双端纳米管开关的一般操作和特性。 In operation, if 2-TNS 3170A is in the closed state, a good (eg, relatively low resistance) electrical connection is formed between conductive elements 3225A and 3205A. In certain embodiments, the resistance between elements 3225A and 3205A may be in the range of, for example, 10-1000Ω for the "closed" state. If 2-TNS 3270 is in the "on" state, there is a relatively poor (eg, relatively high resistance) electrical connection between conductive elements 3225A and 3205A. In certain embodiments, the resistance between elements 3225A and 3205A versus the "on" state can be in the range of, for example, greater than 1 MΩ, or greater than 1 GΩ. Switch 3270B has corresponding states and characteristics. This article illustrates the general operation and characteristics of a nonvolatile two-terminal nanotube switch. the

作为两个以上配线层之间的高密度电可重新编程纳米管通孔互连的双端纳米管开关 Two-terminal nanotube switches as high-density electrically reprogrammable nanotube via interconnects between more than two wiring layers

在某些应用中,期望在两个以上的配线层之间具有非易失性电可重新编程纳米管通孔互连。在以下进一步描述的示例中,示出四个配线层之间的非易失性电可重新编程互连。四个层仅为说明目的;更多的级次是可能的。 In certain applications, it is desirable to have non-volatile electrically reprogrammable nanotube via interconnects between more than two wiring layers. In the example described further below, a non-volatile electrically reprogrammable interconnection between four wiring layers is shown. Four layers are for illustration purposes only; many more levels are possible. the

图34A示出与图33C所示相似的结构,但是扩展到包括四层通孔互连。用于制作图33A所示的初始结构的较佳方法也可用于制作如图34A所示的具有层叠的导电元件3305A-C和3310A-C的多个配线层。 Figure 34A shows a similar structure to that shown in Figure 33C, but expanded to include four layers of via interconnects. The preferred method used to fabricate the initial structure shown in FIG. 33A can also be used to fabricate multiple wiring layers with stacked conductive elements 3305A-C and 3310A-C as shown in FIG. 34A. the

然后,较佳方法使用与用以定义图33B所示的导体3225的那些方法类似的方法来沉积并图形化导电元件3325A和3325B。 Preferred methods then deposit and pattern conductive elements 3325A and 3325B using methods similar to those used to define conductor 3225 shown in Figure 33B. the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相关于图33C所示的凹槽3240的形成进一步描绘的较佳凹槽形成方法来蚀刻如图34A所示的凹槽3330。 Preferred methods then etch the recesses 3330 as shown in Figure 34A using the preferred recess formation methods further described above in relation to the formation of recesses 3240 as shown in Figure 33C. the

然后,较佳方法使用以上以及在所结合的专利文献中描述的较佳方法来沉积 如图34B所示的纳米结构物3340。 Preferred methods then use the preferred methods described above and in the incorporated patent documents to deposit nanostructures 3340 as shown in Figure 34B. the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相关于如图33E所示的绝缘体3250描述的较佳方法用绝缘体3350来填充通孔3330并平坦化绝缘体3350的表面。 Preferred methods then fill vias 3330 with insulator 3350 and planarize the surface of insulator 3350 using the preferred methods described above with respect to insulator 3250 as shown in FIG. 33E . the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相关于制作如图33F所示的纳米管元件3267进一步描述的较佳方法来图形化绝缘体3350并移除纳米结构物的暴露部分以形成如图34D所示的纳米管元件3367。 Preferred methods then pattern insulator 3350 and remove exposed portions of the nanostructures to form nanotubes as shown in FIG. 34D using preferred methods further described above with respect to making nanotube element 3267 as shown in FIG. 33F Element 3367. the

然后,较佳方法使用以上相关于图33G所示的绝缘体3260进一步描述的方法来沉积和平坦化如图34E所示的绝缘体3360,从而得到基于多级非易失性纳米管元件的电可重新编程通孔互连结构3380。 Preferred methods then deposit and planarize insulator 3360 as shown in FIG. 34E using methods further described above with respect to insulator 3260 shown in FIG. The via interconnect structure 3380 is programmed. the

结构3380包括在导电元件3325的侧壁和上表面处与纳米管元件3367重叠并形成近欧姆性接触的导电元件3325。纳米管元件3367的侧壁3375在导电元件3325与导体3305A、3305B和3305C之间形成通孔。 Structure 3380 includes conductive element 3325 overlapping nanotube element 3367 at the sidewalls and upper surface of conductive element 3325 and forming a near-ohmic contact. Sidewalls 3375 of nanotube element 3367 form vias between conductive element 3325 and conductors 3305A, 3305B, and 3305C. the

纳米管元件3367与导电元件3305A、3305B和3305C的侧壁重叠由元件3305A、3305B和3305C的厚度确定的受控重叠长度。因此,导电元件3325、纳米管元件3367、和导电元件3305A形成第一2-TNS 3370A;并且导电元件3325、纳米管元件3367、和导电元件3305B形成第二2-TNS 3370B;以及导电元件3325、纳米管元件3367、和导电元件3305C形成第三2-TNS 3370C。 Nanotube element 3367 overlaps the sidewalls of conductive elements 3305A, 3305B, and 3305C by a controlled overlap length determined by the thickness of elements 3305A, 3305B, and 3305C. Thus, conductive element 3325, nanotube element 3367, and conductive element 3305A form a first 2-TNS 3370A; and conductive element 3325, nanotube element 3367, and conductive element 3305B form a second 2-TNS 3370B; and conductive elements 3325, Nanotube element 3367, and conductive element 3305C form a third 2-TNS 3370C. the

在操作中,如果对应的2-TNS 3370A、3370B和/或3370C处于“闭合”状态,则在导电元件3325与导电元件3305A、3305B、3305C中任一个或全部之间形成良好的(例如相对较低电阻)的电连接。在某些实施方式中,元件3225与3305A之间的电阻对于“闭合”状态可在例如10-1000Ω的范围内。如果对应的2-TNS3370A、3370B和/或3370C处于“打开”状态,则导电元件3325与导电元件3305A、3305B、3305C中任一个或全部之间存在相对较差(例如相对较高电阻)的电连接。在某些实施方式中,元件3325与3305A之间的电阻对“打开”状态可在例如大于1MΩ或大于1GΩ的范围内。结构3380中的其它开关具有对应的状态和特性。本文说明了非易失性双端纳米管开关的一般操作和特性。 In operation, if the corresponding 2-TNS 3370A, 3370B, and/or 3370C is in the "closed" state, a good (e.g., relatively close) gap is formed between the conductive element 3325 and any or all of the conductive elements 3305A, 3305B, 3305C. low resistance) electrical connection. In certain embodiments, the resistance between elements 3225 and 3305A may be in the range of, for example, 10-1000Ω for the "closed" state. If the corresponding 2-TNS 3370A, 3370B, and/or 3370C is in the "on" state, there is a relatively poor (eg, relatively high resistance) electrical connection between the conductive element 3325 and any or all of the conductive elements 3305A, 3305B, 3305C. connect. In certain embodiments, the resistance between elements 3325 and 3305A versus the "on" state can range, for example, from greater than 1 MΩ or greater than 1 GΩ. Other switches in structure 3380 have corresponding states and characteristics. This article illustrates the general operation and characteristics of a nonvolatile two-terminal nanotube switch. the

单个或多个连接的全部组合可在导体3325与导体3305A、B和C中任一个之间激活。而且,允许导体3305A、B和C中任何组合或多个组合之间的连接。 All combinations of single or multiple connections can be activated between conductor 3325 and any of conductors 3305A, B, and C. Also, connection between any combination or combinations of conductors 3305A, B, and C is permitted. the

作为示例,参照如图34E所示的基于非易失性纳米管元件的电可重新编程通孔互连3380结构,如果开关A“闭合”、开关B“打开”以及开关C“闭合”,则由于导电元件3325A与纳米管侧壁3375以近欧姆性接触连接,因此导电元件3325 也连接于元件3305C和3310C以及3305A和3310A。这还将导电元件3305C和3305A彼此连接,因为开关C处于“闭合”状态且开关A处于“闭合”状态。 As an example, referring to the non-volatile nanotube element based electrically reprogrammable via interconnect 3380 structure as shown in FIG. 34E, if switch A is "closed", switch B is "open", and switch C is "closed", then Since conductive element 3325A is connected in near-ohmic contact with nanotube sidewall 3375, conductive element 3325 is also connected to elements 3305C and 3310C and 3305A and 3310A. This also connects conductive elements 3305C and 3305A to each other because switch C is in the "closed" state and switch A is in the "closed" state. the

作为具有更大密度的在两个或以上的配线层之间的高密度电可重新编程纳米管通孔互连的双端纳米管开关 Two-terminal nanotube switches as high-density electrically reprogrammable nanotube via interconnects between two or more wiring layers with greater density

图33和34所示以及以上进一步描述的横截面假设通孔由绕通孔开口的整个周长的导电层围绕。由于对齐因素以及对围绕通孔的足够的导体边界区域的要求,在各个级上设置了着陆垫(landing pad)。这种着陆垫要求各级上导体之间间距增大并减小配线密度。通孔连接还可靠近金属线设置而不需要着陆垫,从而通过减小导体之间的间距来增大导体配线密度。 The cross-sections shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 and described further above assume that the via is surrounded by a conductive layer around the entire perimeter of the via opening. Landing pads are provided on various stages due to alignment considerations and the requirement for sufficient conductor boundary area around the vias. Such landing pads require increased spacing between conductors on each level and reduced wiring density. Via connections can also be placed close to metal lines without the need for landing pads, thereby increasing conductor routing density by reducing the spacing between conductors. the

图35示出顶级以及一个或多个较低导电配线级3450上的导体3430的平面视图3400。绝缘体3410上的顶部导体线3430在设置通孔的位置包括着陆垫3440。增大所有配线级上的导体之间的间距以便于满足最小间距要求3420。一个或多个配线层3450通过通孔3445互连并与导体3430连接。通孔3445包含纳米管元件。俯视图3400对应于以上所述的图33和34所示的横截面,其中通孔3445对应于图33G所示的基于非易失性纳米管元件的电可重新编程通孔互连3280以及图34E所示的3380。 FIG. 35 shows a plan view 3400 of conductors 3430 on a top level and one or more lower conductive wiring levels 3450 . The top conductor line 3430 on the insulator 3410 includes a landing pad 3440 where the vias are provided. The spacing between conductors on all wiring levels is increased in order to meet minimum spacing requirements 3420 . One or more wiring layers 3450 are interconnected by vias 3445 and connected to conductors 3430 . Vias 3445 contain nanotube elements. Top view 3400 corresponds to the cross-section shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 described above, where via 3445 corresponds to nonvolatile nanotube element-based electrically reprogrammable via interconnect 3280 shown in FIG. 33G and FIG. 34E 3380 shown. the

图36示出在顶级以及一个或多个较低导体配线级3550上的导体3530的平面视图3500。着陆垫已被移除使得导体之间的间距减小并且配线密度增大。通孔3545位于由顶级和较低级导体的相交定义的拐角处。与图32G的3280以及图34E中的3380类似的基于非易失性纳米管元件的电可重新编程通孔互连可通过使用以上相关于图33和34进一步描述的方法来制作,除了纳米管元件与导体之间的间距的横截面面积更小,因为仅有通孔周长的一部分将与每个导体级接触。导体3530被图像化到绝缘体35 10的上表面。导体3650位于较低绝缘体(未示出)的上表面上并与绝缘体3510的下表面接触。 FIG. 36 shows a plan view 3500 of conductors 3530 on a top level and one or more lower conductor wiring levels 3550 . The landing pads have been removed allowing for reduced spacing between conductors and increased wiring density. Via 3545 is located at the corner defined by the intersection of the top-level and lower-level conductors. Electrically reprogrammable via interconnects based on nonvolatile nanotube elements similar to 3280 of FIG. 32G and 3380 in FIG. 34E can be fabricated using the methods described further above in relation to FIGS. The cross-sectional area of the component-to-conductor spacing is smaller because only a portion of the via perimeter will be in contact with each conductor level. Conductor 3530 is imaged onto the upper surface of insulator 3510. Conductor 3650 is located on the upper surface of a lower insulator (not shown) and contacts the lower surface of insulator 3510 . the

替换实施方式Alternate implementation

在某些实施方式中,单壁碳纳米管是较佳的,而在其它实施方式中,多壁(例如双壁)碳纳米管是较佳的。而且纳米管可与纳米线结合使用。本文所述的纳米线是指单个纳米线、非编结的纳米线聚集、纳米簇、与包括纳米结构物的纳米管缠绕的纳米线、纳米线团等。 In certain embodiments, single-walled carbon nanotubes are preferred, while in other embodiments, multi-walled (eg, double-walled) carbon nanotubes are preferred. Also nanotubes can be used in combination with nanowires. Nanowires as used herein refer to individual nanowires, non-woven nanowire aggregates, nanoclusters, nanowires entwined with nanotubes including nanostructures, nanowire clusters, and the like. the

如上所述,用于互连纳米管器件端子的互连配线可以是具有诸如SiO2、聚酰亚胺等的适当绝缘层的诸如AlCu、W或Cu配线的常规配线。互连还可以是用于配线的单壁或多壁纳米管。 As mentioned above, the interconnection wires used to interconnect the nanotube device terminals may be conventional wires such as AlCu, W or Cu wires with appropriate insulating layers such as SiO2 , polyimide, and the like. Interconnects can also be single- or multi-walled nanotubes for wiring.

本发明还可通过其它具体形式来实现而不背离其精神和实质特征。因此,本发明的实施方式可被视为说明性而非限制性的。 The present invention can also be embodied in other specific forms without departing from its spirit and essential characteristics. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present invention are to be regarded as illustrative rather than restrictive. the

相关申请related application

本申请涉及以下参考文献,它们被授让给本发明的受让人并通过引用整体结合于此: This application refers to the following references, which are assigned to the assignee of the present invention and are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety:

“Electromechanical Memory Array Using Nanotube Ribbons and Method forMaking Same(使用纳米管带的机电存储器阵列及其制作方法)”,2001年7月25日提交的美国专利申请No.09/915,093,现在的美国专利No.6,919,592; "Electromechanical Memory Array Using Nanotube Ribbons and Method for Making Same" U.S. Patent Application No. 09/915,093, filed July 25, 2001, now U.S. Patent No. 6,919,592;

“Electromechanical Memory Having Cell Selection Circuitry Constructed WithNT Technology(具有使用NT技术构建的单元选择电路的机电存储器)”,2001年7月25日提交的美国专利申请No.09/915,173,现在的美国专利No.6,643,165; "Electromechanical Memory Having Cell Selection Circuitry Constructed With NT Technology," U.S. Patent Application No. 09/915,173, filed July 25, 2001, now U.S. Patent No. 6,643,165 ;

“Hybrid Circuit Having NT Electromechanical Memory(具有NT机电存储器的混合电路)”,2001年7月25日提交的美国专利申请No.09/915,095,现在的美国专利No.6,574,130; "Hybrid Circuit Having NT Electromechanical Memory," U.S. Patent Application No. 09/915,095, filed July 25, 2001, now U.S. Patent No. 6,574,130;

“Electromechanical Three-Trace Junction Devices(机电三迹线接合器件)”,2001年12月28日提交的美国专利申请No.10/033,323,现在的美国专利No.6,911,682; "Electromechanical Three-Trace Junction Devices," U.S. Patent Application No. 10/033,323, filed December 28, 2001, now U.S. Patent No. 6,911,682;

“Methods of Making Electromechanical Three-Trace Junction Devices(制作机电三迹线接合器件的方法)”,2001年12月28日提交的美国专利申请No.10/033,032,现在的美国专利No.6,784,028; "Methods of Making Electromechanical Three-Trace Junction Devices," U.S. Patent Application No. 10/033,032, filed December 28, 2001, now U.S. Patent No. 6,784,028;

“Nanotube Films and Articles(纳米管膜和制品)”,2002年4月23日提交的美国专利申请No.10/128,118,现在的美国专利No.6,706,402; "Nanotube Films and Articles," U.S. Patent Application No. 10/128,118, filed April 23, 2002, now U.S. Patent No. 6,706,402;

“Methods of Nanotube Films and Articles(纳米管膜和制品的方法)”,2002年4月23日提交的美国专利申请No.10/128,117,现在的美国专利No.6,835,591; "Methods of Nanotube Films and Articles," U.S. Patent Application No. 10/128,117, filed April 23, 2002, now U.S. Patent No. 6,835,591;

“Methods of Making Carbon Nanotube Films,Layers,Fabrics,Ribbons,Elements andArticles(制作碳纳米管膜、层、结构物、带、元件和制品的方法)”;2003年1月13日提交的美国专利申请No.10/341,005; "Methods of Making Carbon Nanotube Films, Layers, Fabrics, Ribbons, Elements and Articles (methods for making carbon nanotube films, layers, structures, tapes, components and articles)"; U.S. Patent Application No. filed on January 13, 2003 .10/341,005;

“Methods of Using Thin Metal Layers to Make Carbon Nanotube Films,Layers,Fabrics,Ribbons,Elements and Articles(使用金属薄层制作碳纳米管膜、层、结构物、带、元件和制品的方法)”,2003年1月13日提交的美国专利申请No.10/341,055; "Methods of Using Thin Metal Layers to Make Carbon Nanotube Films, Layers, Fabrics, Ribbons, Elements and Articles (Methods of Using Thin Metal Layers to Make Carbon Nanotube Films, Layers, Fabrics, Ribbons, Elements and Articles)", 2003 U.S. Patent Application No. 10/341,055, filed January 13;

“Methods of Using Pre-formed Nanotubes to Make Carbon Nanotube Films,Layers,Fabrics,Ribbons,Elements and Articles(使用预形成的纳米管来制作碳纳米管膜、层、结构物、带、元件和制品的方法)”,2003年1月13日提交的美国专利申请No.10/341,054; "Methods of Using Pre-formed Nanotubes to Make Carbon Nanotube Films, Layers, Fabrics, Ribbons, Elements and Articles (using pre-formed nanotubes to make carbon nanotube films, layers, structures, tapes, components and articles) ", U.S. Patent Application No. 10/341,054, filed January 13, 2003;

“Carbon Nanotube Films,Layers,Fabrics,Ribbons,Elements and Articles(碳纳米管膜、层、结构物、带、元件和制品)”,2003年1月13日提交的美国专利申请No.10/341,130; "Carbon Nanotube Films, Layers, Fabrics, Ribbons, Elements and Articles," U.S. Patent Application No. 10/341,130, filed January 13, 2003;

“Non-volatile Electromechanical Field Effect Devices and Circuits using Sameand Methods of Forming Same(非易失性机电场效应器件和使用其的电路以及形成它们的方法)”,2004年6月9日提交的美国专利申请No.10/864,186; "Non-volatile Electromechanical Field Effect Devices and Circuits using Same and Methods of Forming Same (non-volatile electromechanical field effect devices and circuits using them and methods of forming them)", U.S. Patent Application No. filed on June 9, 2004 .10/864,186;

“Devices Having Horizontally-Disposed Nanofabric Articles and Methods ofMaking the Same(具有水平设置的纳米结构物制品的器件及其制作方法)”,2004年2月11日提交的美国专利申请No.10/776,059,美国专利公开No.2004/0181630; "Devices Having Horizontally-Disposed Nanofabric Articles and Methods of Making the Same (with horizontally arranged nanofabric articles and fabrication methods)", U.S. Patent Application No. 10/776,059 filed February 11, 2004, U.S. Patent Publication No.2004/0181630;

“Devices Having Vertically-Disposed Nanofabric Articles and Methods ofMaking the Same(具有垂直设置的纳米结构物制品的器件及其制作方法)”,2004年2月11日提交的美国专利申请No.10/776,572,美国专利公开No.2004/0175856; "Devices Having Vertically-Disposed Nanofabric Articles and Methods of Making the Same (device with vertically-disposed nanofabric articles and its fabrication method)", U.S. Patent Application No. 10/776,572 filed February 11, 2004, U.S. Patent Publication No.2004/0175856;

“Patterned Nanoscopic Articles and Methods of Making the Same(图形化的纳米尺度的制品及其制作方法)”,美国专利申请No.10/936,119,美国专利公开No.2005/0128788。 "Patterned Nanoscopic Articles and Methods of Making the Same (patterned nanoscale products and their fabrication methods)", US Patent Application No. 10/936,119, US Patent Publication No. 2005/0128788. the

本发明还可通过其它具体形式来实现而不背离其精神和实质特征。因此,本发明的实施方式可被视为说明性而非限制性的。 The present invention can also be embodied in other specific forms without departing from its spirit and essential characteristics. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present invention are to be regarded as illustrative rather than restrictive. the

Claims (129)

1. two-terminal switch device comprises:
First conducting terminal;
With isolated second conducting terminal of described first conducting terminal;
Nanotube articles with a plurality of nanotubes, described nanotube articles be configured to described first and second conducting terminals all permanently direct physical contact; And
With the stimulation circuit of at least one electric connection of described first and second conducting terminals,
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form first voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal, thereby makes the resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals change to relative high electrical resistance from relatively low resistance,
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form second voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal, thereby makes the resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals change to relatively low resistance from relative high electrical resistance,
The described relative high electrical resistance of the nanotube articles between wherein said first and second conducting terminals is corresponding to first state of described two-terminal switch device, and the described relatively low resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals is corresponding to second state of described two-terminal switch device, and
Described first and second states of wherein said two-terminal switch device are non-volatile.
2. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, selects one or more thermal characteristicss of described two-terminal switch device to minimize the heat that flows out described nanotube articles.
3. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping with at least a portion of controlled geometrical relationship and described first conducting terminal.
4. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 3, it is characterized in that, described controlled geometrical relationship allows electric current to flow between described first conducting terminal and described nanotube articles, and caloric restriction flows between described first conducting terminal and described nanotube articles.
5. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 3 is characterized in that, described controlled geometrical relationship is the overlapping of predetermined extent.
6. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 5 is characterized in that, in the scope that overlaps 1-150nm of described predetermined extent.
7. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 5 is characterized in that, in the scope that overlaps 15-50nm of described predetermined extent.
8. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 5 is characterized in that, the overlapping size by described first conducting terminal of described predetermined extent defines.
9. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described first conducting terminal comprises the material that can conduct electricity and can not heat conduction.
10. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises the passivation layer that is arranged on the described nanotube articles.
11. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 10 is characterized in that, described passivation layer comprise can not heat conduction material.
12. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 11 is characterized in that described passivation layer is limited in heat in the described nanotube articles.
13. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, the resistance of described first state is ten times of resistance of described second state at least.
14. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, the impedance of described first state is ten times of impedance of described second state at least.
15. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described first state is by the resistance characterization more than 1 megohm.
16. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described second state is by the resistance characterization below 100 kilohms.
17. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described first voltage difference comprises the electrostimulation that is chosen to provide erase operation.
18. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 17 is characterized in that, described erase operation comprises: described stimulation circuit is crossed over described first and second conducting terminals and is applied high voltage.
19. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 18 is characterized in that described high voltage is in the 3-10V scope.
20. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 17, it is characterized in that, described erase operation comprises: described stimulation circuit applies one or more potential pulses to form voltage difference between described first and second conducting terminals, the number of the amplitude of wherein said potential pulse, the waveform of described potential pulse and described potential pulse is enough to described two-terminal switch device is become described first state together.
21. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described second voltage difference comprises the electrostimulation that is chosen to provide programming operation.
22. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 21 is characterized in that, described programming operation comprises: described stimulation circuit is crossed over described first and second conducting terminals and is applied low-voltage and low current.
23. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 22 is characterized in that, described low-voltage is in the 1-5V scope, and low current is in the 100nA-100uA scope.
24. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 21, it is characterized in that, described programming operation comprises: described stimulation circuit applies one or more potential pulses to form voltage difference at described first and second conducting terminals, and the number of the amplitude of wherein said potential pulse, the waveform of described potential pulse and described potential pulse is enough to described two-terminal switch device is become described second state together.
25. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1, it is characterized in that, it is poor that described stimulation circuit is configured to form tertiary voltage between described first and second conducting terminals, described the 3rd waveform has at least one wave character, and this wave character is selected as determining the state of described two-terminal switch device.
26. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 25 is characterized in that, described tertiary voltage difference comprises the electrostimulation that is chosen to provide nondestructive read operation.
27. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 26, it is characterized in that, described nondestructive read operation comprises: described stimulation circuit is crossed over described first and second conducting terminals and is applied resistance between voltage and described first and second conducting terminals of sensing, and described voltage is enough low to make it not change the state of described two-terminal switch device.
28. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 27 is characterized in that described voltage is less than 2V.
29. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, the edge of at least one and described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping in described first and second conducting terminals.
30. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, the opposing ends of described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping with each at least a portion of described first and second conducting terminals respectively.
31. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, one of described first and second conducting terminals be with the peripheral permanent overlapping of described nanotube articles and with the nonoverlapping photo frame structure in the central area of described nanotube articles.
32. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 31 is characterized in that the central area of another of described first and second conducting terminals and described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping.
33. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described first conducting terminal has a plurality of surfaces, and wherein said nanotube articles contacts with at least a portion with upper surface and be permanent overlapping with it.
34. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that at least one of described first and second conducting terminals has vertical orientated feature, wherein said nanotube articles contacts with at least a portion of described vertical orientated feature.
35. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described nanotube articles comprises the nano tube structure object area that defines orientation.
36. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises double-walled nanotubes.
37. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises single-walled nanotube.
38. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises many walls nanotube.
39. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises nanotube bundle.
40. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, the one or more nanotubes in the described nanotube articles are selected to has specific breathing pattern radially by force.
41. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 40 is characterized in that, described specific by force radially breathing pattern show as hot bottleneck.
42. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 40, it is characterized in that, described specific strong radially breathing pattern is corresponding to the pattern that disconnects that is connected between the nanotube and the conductor that cause in the described device, and the conductor in the wherein said two-terminal switch device comprises one or more in described first conducting terminal, described second conducting terminal, nanotube and the nanotube fragment.
43. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, described first and second conducting terminals are metals.
44. two-terminal switch device as claimed in claim 43 is characterized in that, described metal comprises among Ru, Ti, Cr, Al, Au, Pd, Ni, W, Cu, Mo, Ag, In, Ir, Pb and the Sn at least one.
45. a double-end storage spare comprises:
First conducting terminal;
With isolated second conducting terminal of described first conducting terminal;
Nanotube articles with a plurality of nanotubes, described nanotube articles be configured to described first and second conducting terminals permanently direct physical contact; And
With the stimulation circuit of at least one electric connection in described first and second conducting terminals,
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form first voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal, thereby make and open one or more gaps between the one or more nanotubes and one or more conductor in the described device, and the resistance of opening the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals in described one or more gaps becomes relative high electrical resistance from relatively low resistance
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form second voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal, thereby the one or more gaps in the closed described device between one or more nanotubes and the one or more conductor, and the closure in described one or more gaps makes the resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals become relatively low resistance from relative high electrical resistance
Wherein, the conductor in the described device comprises one or more in described first conducting terminal, described second conducting terminal, nanotube and the nanotube fragment,
Wherein, the relative high electrical resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals is corresponding to first state of described device, and the relatively low resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals is corresponding to second state of described device, and
Described first and second states of wherein said double-end storage spare are non-volatile.
46. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45, it is characterized in that, described first voltage difference is selected as at least a portion of described nanotube articles was carried out heating to open the one or more gaps in the described conductor, so that first state of described double-end storage spare to be provided.
47. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 46 is characterized in that, described first voltage difference is selected as by the joule heating at least a portion of described nanotube articles being carried out heating.
48. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, one or more thermal characteristicss of selecting described double-end storage spare are to minimize the heat that flows out described nanotube articles.
49. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 48, it is characterized in that, thereby by arrange described nanotube articles and described first conducting terminal to minimize the heat that flows out described nanotube articles with controlled geometrical relationship, described controlled geometrical relationship caloric restriction flows out described nanotube articles and flows into described first conducting terminal.
50. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 49 is characterized in that, described controlled geometrical relationship is the overlapping of predetermined extent.
51. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 50 is characterized in that, described predetermined extent overlapping less than 50nm.
52. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 48 is characterized in that, can conduct electricity and material that can not heat conduction is used for the heat that first conducting terminal minimizes the described nanotube articles of described outflow by selecting one.
53. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 52 is characterized in that, described material has high conductivity and lower thermal conductivity.
54. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 52 is characterized in that, selects described material from the group of conducting polymer and doped semiconductor.
55. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45, it is characterized in that described first waveform is selected as opening described one or more gap by forming the gap between one or more in described one or more nanotubes and described first and second conducting terminals.
56. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described first voltage difference is selected as opening described one or more gap by one or more nanotubes are separated with one or more other nanotubes.
57. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described first voltage difference is selected as opening described one or more gap by one or more nanotubes being broken into two or more nanotube fragments.
58. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described first voltage difference is selected as comprising the threshold voltage according that surpasses described nanotube articles.
59. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described first voltage difference is selected as by exciting in the described nanotube articles one or more phonon modes of one or more nanotubes to open described one or more gap.
60. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 59 is characterized in that, described one or more phonon modes show as hot bottleneck.
61. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 59 is characterized in that, described one or more phonon modes are optical phonon patterns.
62. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 59 is characterized in that, the one or more nanotubes in the described nanotube articles are selected to has specific breathing pattern radially by force.
63. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 59 is characterized in that, the one or more nanotubes in the described nanotube articles are selected to has defect mode.
64. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described second voltage difference is selected as by one or more nanotubes are attracted and closed described one or more gaps to one or more conductors.
65., it is characterized in that described second voltage difference is selected as by producing electrostatic attraction one or more nanotubes being attracted to one or more conductors as the described double-end storage spare of claim 64.
66. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45, it is characterized in that, described first voltage difference is selected as opening the one or more gaps that characterized by gap size, and described second waveform is selected as having the next closed one or more gaps by this characterization of size of enough big amplitude.
67. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, also comprises the passivation layer that is arranged on the described nanotube articles.
68., it is characterized in that described passivation layer is limited in heat in the described nanotube articles as the described double-end storage spare of claim 67.
69. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described double-end storage spare can switch above 1,000,000 times between described first and second states repeatedly.
70. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described nanotube articles comprises the nano tube structure object area that defines orientation.
71. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described nanotube articles comprises double-walled nanotubes.
72. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described nanotube articles comprises single-walled nanotube.
73. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described nanotube articles comprises many walls nanotube.
74. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described nanotube articles comprises nanotube bundle.
75. double-end storage spare as claimed in claim 45 is characterized in that, described first and second conducting terminals are metals.
76. a selectable memory cell comprises:
Unit selecting transistor comprises grid, source electrode and drain electrode, and wherein said grid and word line electrically contact, and described drain electrode and bit line electrically contact;
The two-terminal switch device, comprise first conducting terminal, second conducting terminal and nanotube articles with a plurality of nanotubes, described nanotube articles and described first and second conducting terminals all permanently direct physical contact, the source electrode of wherein said first conducting terminal and described unit selecting transistor electrically contacts, and described second conducting terminal electrically contacts with the line that is used to carry out programing function, erase feature or read functions; And
With described word line, bit line be used to carry out the storage operation circuit of the line electric connection of programing function, erase feature or read functions,
Described storage operation circuit comprises a circuit, and this circuit is configured to generate and on described word line
Apply and select signal selecting the described memory cell of selecting, and, generate and carry out in described being used for
Apply erase signal on the line of programing function, erase feature or read functions, described erase signal has at least one waveform characteristic, this waveform characteristic is selected as making that the resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals becomes relative high electrical resistance from relatively low resistance
Described storage operation circuit comprises a circuit; This circuit is configured to generate and applies the selection signal to select the described memory cell of selecting at described word line; And; Generate and apply programming signal at described line for carrying out programing function, erase feature or read functions; Described programming signal has at least one waveform characteristic; This waveform characteristic is selected as so that the resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals becomes relatively low resistance from high resistance relatively
The described relative high electrical resistance of the nanotube articles between wherein said first and second conducting terminals is corresponding to the first information state of described memory cell, and the described relative high electrical resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting elements is corresponding to second information state of described memory cell, and described first and second information states are non-volatile.
77. the memory cell of selecting as claimed in claim 16, it is characterized in that, described storage operation circuit comprises a circuit, being used for generating and applying on described word line selects signal to select the described memory cell of selecting, and, generate and apply on the described line that is used to carry out programing function, erase feature or read functions and read signal, the described signal that reads has at least one waveform characteristic, and this waveform characteristic is selected as determining the information state of described memory cell.
78. as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 77, it is characterized in that, determine that the information state of described memory cell does not change the information state of described memory cell.
79. as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76, it is characterized in that, also comprise being connected to the described a plurality of memory cells of selecting that are used to carry out programing function, erase feature or read functions line.
80., it is characterized in that one or more thermal characteristicss of described device are selected to and minimize the heat that flows out described nanotube articles as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76.
81., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping with at least a portion of controlled geometrical relationship and described second conducting terminal as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76.
82. as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 81, it is characterized in that, described controlled geometrical relationship allows electric current to flow between described second conducting terminal and described nanotube articles, and caloric restriction flows between described second conducting terminal and described nanotube articles.
83., it is characterized in that described controlled geometrical relationship is the overlapping of predetermined extent as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 81.
84., it is characterized in that the overlapping size by described first conducting terminal of described predetermined extent defines as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 83.
85. as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 83, it is characterized in that, in the scope that overlaps 1-150nm of described predetermined extent.
86. as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76, it is characterized in that, one in described first and second conducting terminals is and peripheral permanent overlapping and not overlapping with the central area of the described nanotube articles photo frame structure of described nanotube articles that the central area of another in described first and second conducting terminals and described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping.
87., it is characterized in that described second conducting terminal has a plurality of surfaces as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76, and described nanotube articles contacts with at least a portion more than a surface and permanent overlapping with it.
88., it is characterized in that described second conducting terminal has vertical orientated feature as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76, and described nanotube articles contacts with at least a portion of described vertical orientated profile.
89., it is characterized in that the described memory cell of selecting has less than 10F as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76 2The definition area, wherein F comprises minimum feature size, 22nm≤F≤180nm.
90., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises the nano tube structure object area that defines orientation as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76.
91., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises double-walled nanotubes as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76.
92., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises many walls nanotube as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76.
93., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises nanotube bundle as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76.
94., it is characterized in that described first and second conducting terminals are metals as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76.
95. a re-programmable both-end fuse-antifuse device comprises:
First conductor;
Second conductor of opening with first conductor separation;
Nanotube articles has a plurality of nanotubes, described nanotube articles and described first and second conductors all permanently direct physical contact,
The nanotube density that described nanotube articles comprises is selected as making that described device can be in response to striding
Be connected on the first threshold voltage on described first and second conductors and open the electrical connection between described first and second conductors and produce the high resistance state of described nanotube articles, to form first device state, and can be in response to being connected across second threshold voltage on described first and second conductors electrical connection between closed described first and second conductors and produce the low resistance state of described nanotube articles, to form second device state
Wherein said first and second device states are non-volatile.
96., it is characterized in that described Reprogrammable both-end fuse-antifuse device can switch at least one 1,000,000 times repeatedly as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device between described first and second device states.
97., it is characterized in that described Reprogrammable both-end fuse-antifuse device is a cross point switches as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
98., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping with at least a portion of controlled geometrical relationship and described first conductor as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
99. as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device, it is characterized in that, described controlled geometrical relationship allows electric current to flow between described first conductor and described nanotube articles, and caloric restriction flows between described first conductor and described nanotube articles.
100., it is characterized in that described controlled geometrical relationship is the overlapping of predetermined extent as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
101. as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device, it is characterized in that, in described first and second conductors one is peripheral permanent overlapping and not overlapping with the central area of the described nanotube articles photo frame structure with described nanotube articles, and the second area of another and described nanotube articles in described first and second conductors is permanent overlapping.
102., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises the nano tube structure object area that defines orientation as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
103., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises single-walled nanotube as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
104., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises many walls nanotube as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
105., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises double-walled nanotubes as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
106., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises nanotube bundle as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
107., it is characterized in that described first and second conductors are metals as the described Reprogrammable both-end of claim 95 fuse-antifuse device.
108. the interconnection of the Reprogrammable between a plurality of wiring layers, described interconnection comprises:
First conducting terminal;
A plurality of wiring layers, each described wiring layer comprises the wiring layer conducting terminal;
Stimulation circuit is with described first conducting terminal and each wiring layer conducting terminal electric connection;
Nanotube articles with a plurality of nanotubes, described nanotube articles be aligned to described first conducting terminal permanently direct physical contact, and with each wiring layer conducting terminal permanently direct physical contact,
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form between the wiring layer conducting terminal in described first conducting terminal and a plurality of wiring layer conducting terminal first voltage difference, thereby make described nanotube articles in described a plurality of wiring layers, form interconnection between two wiring layers, described nanotube articles has relatively low resistance states
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form between the wiring layer conducting terminal in described first conducting terminal and a plurality of wiring layer conducting terminal second voltage difference, thereby make described nanotube articles disconnect in described a plurality of wiring layer the interconnection between two wiring layers, described nanotube articles has higher relatively resistance states.
109. as the interconnection of the described Reprogrammable of claim 108, it is characterized in that described stimulation circuit comprises a circuit, be used for disconnecting all interconnection in response to safety factor.
110., it is characterized in that one or more thermal characteristicss of described Reprogrammable interconnection are selected to and minimize the heat that flows out described nanotube articles as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 108.
111., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles is permanent overlapping with at least a portion of controlled geometrical relationship and each described wiring layer conducting terminal as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 108.
112. as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 111, it is characterized in that, described controlled geometrical relationship allows electric current to flow between each described wiring layer conducting terminal and described nanotube articles, and caloric restriction flows between each described wiring layer conducting terminal and described nanotube articles.
113., it is characterized in that described controlled geometrical relationship is the overlapping of predetermined extent as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 111.
114., it is characterized in that the size of overlapping each by described wiring layer conducting terminal of described predetermined extent is defined as the interconnection of the described Reprogrammable of claim 113.
115., it is characterized in that, in the scope that overlaps 1-150nm of described predetermined extent as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 113.
116., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises the nano tube structure object area that defines orientation as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 108.
117., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises double-walled nanotubes as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 108.
118., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises many walls nanotube as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 108.
119., it is characterized in that described nanotube articles comprises nanotube bundle as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 108.
120., it is characterized in that described wiring layer conducting terminal comprises metal as the described Reprogrammable interconnection of claim 108.
121. a method of making double-end storage spare, described method comprises:
First conducting terminal is set;
Be provided with and isolated second conducting terminal of described first conducting terminal;
The stimulation circuit of at least one electric connection of setting and described first and second conducting terminals, described stimulation circuit is configured to form voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal;
Setting comprises the nanotube articles of a plurality of nanotubes, described nanotube articles and described first and second conducting terminals all permanently direct physical contact, each of described nanotube articles and described first and second conducting terminals is permanently overlapping, described nanotube articles is made response to the electrostimulation from described stimulation circuit, thereby described electrostimulation is applied on described first and second conducting terminals and forms voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal, first voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal makes described nanotube articles have relatively low resistance states, and second voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal makes described nanotube articles have higher relatively resistance states.
122., it is characterized in that the isotropic etching process by regularly is placed to described nanotube with described first and second conducting terminals and contacts as the described method of claim 121.
123. as the described method of claim 121, it is characterized in that, by the directional etch process described nanotube be placed to described first and second conducting terminals and contact.
124., it is characterized in that the thickness of the overlapping and expendable film of described predetermined extent is relevant as the described method of claim 121.
125., it is characterized in that the thickness of at least one is relevant in overlapping and described first and second conducting terminals of described predetermined extent as the described method of claim 121.
126., it is characterized in that also comprise and make second memory spare, described second memory spare has the structure as the mirror image of described double-end storage spare structure as the described method of claim 121.
127., it is characterized in that as the described method of claim 121, described nanotube articles is set comprises and select one or more nanotubes to be used to form described nanotube articles, wherein said nanotube presents specific breathing pattern radially by force.
128., it is characterized in that the described memory cell of selecting has less than 6F as the described memory cell of selecting of claim 76 2The definition area, wherein F comprises minimum feature size, 22nm≤F≤180nm.
129. a two-terminal switch device comprises:
First conducting terminal;
With isolated second conducting terminal of described first conducting terminal;
Nanotube articles with a plurality of nanotubes, described nanotube articles be configured to described first and second conducting terminals all permanently direct physical contact; And
With the stimulation circuit of at least one electric connection of described first and second conducting terminals,
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form first voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal, thereby makes the resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals change to relative high electrical resistance from relatively low resistance,
Described stimulation circuit is configured to form second voltage difference between described first conducting terminal and second conducting terminal, thereby makes the resistance of the nanotube articles between described first and second conducting terminals change to relatively low resistance from relative high electrical resistance.
CN2006800249395A 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making the same Active CN101253628B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US67902905P 2005-05-09 2005-05-09
US60/679,029 2005-05-09
US69291805P 2005-06-22 2005-06-22
US69276505P 2005-06-22 2005-06-22
US69289105P 2005-06-22 2005-06-22
US60/692,765 2005-06-22
US60/692,891 2005-06-22
US60/692,918 2005-06-22
US11/280,786 US7781862B2 (en) 2005-05-09 2005-11-15 Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making same
US11/280,786 2005-11-15
PCT/US2006/018043 WO2007053180A1 (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making same

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201110051659.6A Division CN102176456B (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making the same

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN101253628A CN101253628A (en) 2008-08-27
CN101253628B true CN101253628B (en) 2011-04-13

Family

ID=39956078

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN200680024940.8A Active CN101278355B (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Non-volatile shadow latch using nanotube switches
CN2006800250208A Active CN101484997B (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Memory array using nanotube article with reprogrammable resistance
CN2006800249395A Active CN101253628B (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making the same

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN200680024940.8A Active CN101278355B (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Non-volatile shadow latch using nanotube switches
CN2006800250208A Active CN101484997B (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Memory array using nanotube article with reprogrammable resistance

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (3) CN101278355B (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8637957B1 (en) * 2012-07-18 2014-01-28 International Business Machines Corporation Low cost anti-fuse structure
US20190198095A1 (en) * 2017-12-25 2019-06-27 Nanya Technology Corporation Memory device
KR102526621B1 (en) * 2018-04-23 2023-04-28 에스케이하이닉스 주식회사 Nonvolatile memory apparatus, and operating method thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6969651B1 (en) * 2004-03-26 2005-11-29 Lsi Logic Corporation Layout design and process to form nanotube cell for nanotube memory applications

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5682345A (en) * 1995-07-28 1997-10-28 Micron Quantum Devices, Inc. Non-volatile data storage unit method of controlling same
KR100360476B1 (en) * 2000-06-27 2002-11-08 삼성전자 주식회사 Vertical nano-size transistor using carbon nanotubes and manufacturing method thereof
US6919592B2 (en) * 2001-07-25 2005-07-19 Nantero, Inc. Electromechanical memory array using nanotube ribbons and method for making same
JP5165828B2 (en) * 2002-02-09 2013-03-21 三星電子株式会社 Memory device using carbon nanotube and method for manufacturing the same
TWI282092B (en) * 2002-06-28 2007-06-01 Brilliance Semiconductor Inc Nonvolatile static random access memory cell
CN1252819C (en) * 2002-07-05 2006-04-19 中国科学院物理研究所 RAM made of carbon nano tube and preparation method thereof
US7161218B2 (en) * 2003-06-09 2007-01-09 Nantero, Inc. One-time programmable, non-volatile field effect devices and methods of making same

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6969651B1 (en) * 2004-03-26 2005-11-29 Lsi Logic Corporation Layout design and process to form nanotube cell for nanotube memory applications

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Alain Peigney,et al.A study of formation of single- and double-walled carbonnanotubes by a cvd method.J.Phys.Chem.B105.2001,1059699-9710.
Alain Peigney,et al.A study of formation of single-and double-walled carbonnanotubes by a cvd method.J.Phys.Chem.B105.2001,1059699-9710. *
Bumsuk Kim,et al.eletrical properties of single-wall carbon nanotube and epoxycomposites.Journal of apllied physics94 10.2003,94(10),6724-6728.
Bumsuk Kim,et al.eletrical properties of single-wall carbon nanotube and epoxycomposites.Journal of apllied physics94 10.2003,94(10),6724-6728. *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101253628A (en) 2008-08-27
CN101484997A (en) 2009-07-15
CN101484997B (en) 2011-05-18
CN101278355B (en) 2013-04-17
CN101278355A (en) 2008-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1880420B1 (en) Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making same
US10854243B2 (en) Nonvolatile nanotube memory arrays using nonvolatile nanotube blocks and cell selection transistors
US10249684B2 (en) Resistive change elements incorporating carbon based diode select devices
KR101169499B1 (en) Memory elements and cross point switches and arrays of same using nonvolatile nanotube blocks
US9783255B2 (en) Cross point arrays of 1-R nonvolatile resistive change memory cells using continuous nanotube fabrics
TWI588986B (en) Nram arrays with nanotube blocks, nanotube traces, and nanotube planes and methods of making same
KR101162447B1 (en) Nonvolatile memory device and method for manufacturing same
US8125824B1 (en) Nanotube random access memory (NRAM) and transistor integration
US8445884B2 (en) Memristor with nanostructure electrodes
WO2010005862A1 (en) Cross point memory cells with shared diodes and method of making same
Xia et al. Impact of geometry on the performance of memristive nanodevices
CN101253628B (en) Two-terminal nanotube devices and systems and methods of making the same
US8253171B1 (en) Two terminal nanotube switch, memory array incorporating the same and method of making
CN100421172C (en) Magnetic tunnel junction memory cell structure
HK1137163B (en) Memory elements and cross point switches and arrays of same using nonvolatile nanotube blocks

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant